WO2013044371A1 - Photochromic and electrochromic diarylcyclopentene derivatives as optical filters - Google Patents

Photochromic and electrochromic diarylcyclopentene derivatives as optical filters Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013044371A1
WO2013044371A1 PCT/CA2012/000910 CA2012000910W WO2013044371A1 WO 2013044371 A1 WO2013044371 A1 WO 2013044371A1 CA 2012000910 W CA2012000910 W CA 2012000910W WO 2013044371 A1 WO2013044371 A1 WO 2013044371A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
mmol
group
compound according
synthesis
ring
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CA2012/000910
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Neil Robin Branda
Jeremy Graham FINDEN
Simon James GAUTHIER
Ali Hayek
Kyle Andrew HOPE-ROSS
James Daniel SENIOR
Andreea Spantulescu
Serguei Sviridov
Original Assignee
Switch Materials, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Switch Materials, Inc. filed Critical Switch Materials, Inc.
Priority to CN201280047935.4A priority Critical patent/CN103890133A/en
Priority to EP18169652.7A priority patent/EP3385354A1/en
Priority to CA2832149A priority patent/CA2832149C/en
Priority to EP12836363.7A priority patent/EP2760969B1/en
Priority to JP2014532194A priority patent/JP6208137B2/en
Priority to KR1020147011590A priority patent/KR102038447B1/en
Priority to CN201810686687.7A priority patent/CN108690045B/en
Priority to US14/348,344 priority patent/US9227986B2/en
Priority to KR1020197030994A priority patent/KR20190124800A/en
Priority to PCT/CA2013/000054 priority patent/WO2013106921A1/en
Priority to US14/380,607 priority patent/US9910301B2/en
Priority to PCT/CA2013/000176 priority patent/WO2013123592A1/en
Publication of WO2013044371A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013044371A1/en
Priority to EP13775742.3A priority patent/EP2836873B1/en
Priority to PCT/CA2013/000339 priority patent/WO2013152425A1/en
Priority to CN201380030275.3A priority patent/CN104350415B/en
Priority to US14/391,491 priority patent/US10054835B2/en
Priority to CA2868624A priority patent/CA2868624C/en
Priority to US14/947,230 priority patent/US10072023B2/en
Priority to US15/875,863 priority patent/US10310300B2/en
Priority to US16/008,672 priority patent/US20190018295A1/en
Priority to US16/045,186 priority patent/US10556912B2/en
Priority to US16/374,571 priority patent/US11124524B2/en
Priority to US16/388,348 priority patent/US10663771B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D307/78—Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans
    • C07D307/79—Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/12—Radicals substituted by halogen atoms or nitro or nitroso radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/14—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/18—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen by sulfur atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/22—Radicals substituted by doubly bound hetero atoms, or by two hetero atoms other than halogen singly bound to the same carbon atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/26—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/38—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D493/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system
    • C07D493/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D493/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D493/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system
    • C07D493/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D493/14—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D493/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system
    • C07D493/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system in which the condensed system contains four or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D495/14—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D513/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D513/14—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D519/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F7/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 4 or 14 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F7/02—Silicon compounds
    • C07F7/08—Compounds having one or more C—Si linkages
    • C07F7/0803—Compounds with Si-C or Si-Si linkages
    • C07F7/081—Compounds with Si-C or Si-Si linkages comprising at least one atom selected from the elements N, O, halogen, S, Se or Te
    • C07F7/0812—Compounds with Si-C or Si-Si linkages comprising at least one atom selected from the elements N, O, halogen, S, Se or Te comprising a heterocyclic ring
    • C07F7/0814—Compounds with Si-C or Si-Si linkages comprising at least one atom selected from the elements N, O, halogen, S, Se or Te comprising a heterocyclic ring said ring is substituted at a C ring atom by Si
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F7/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 4 or 14 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F7/02—Silicon compounds
    • C07F7/08—Compounds having one or more C—Si linkages
    • C07F7/18—Compounds having one or more C—Si linkages as well as one or more C—O—Si linkages
    • C07F7/1804—Compounds having Si-O-C linkages
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K9/00—Tenebrescent materials, i.e. materials for which the range of wavelengths for energy absorption is changed as a result of excitation by some form of energy
    • C09K9/02—Organic tenebrescent materials
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00—Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/04—Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements made of organic materials, e.g. plastics
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20—Filters
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20—Filters
    • G02B5/22—Absorbing filters
    • G02B5/223—Absorbing filters containing organic substances, e.g. dyes, inks or pigments
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20—Filters
    • G02B5/22—Absorbing filters
    • G02B5/23—Photochromic filters
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00—Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10—Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1003—Carbocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1007—Non-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00—Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10—Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018—Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025—Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00—Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10—Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018—Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025—Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1088—Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing oxygen as the only heteroatom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00—Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10—Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018—Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025—Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1092—Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing sulfur as the only heteroatom

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to diarylethene compounds and uses thereof. More specifically, the compounds are reversibly convertible between ring-open and ring- closedisomers.
  • Photochromic molecules are useful for a variety of research and commercial applications in fields ranging from sunglasses to memory storage devices.
  • a myriad of configurations have been developed, seeking to obtain improvements in stability, control in switching, fatigue resistance, sensitivity and the like.
  • Diarylethenes have found favour for several of these traits, and are the subject of continued investigation.
  • a review by Irie illustrates a range in stability, colour and the like of selected diarylethenes.
  • PCT Publication WO2004/015024 describes compounds that are both photochromic and electrochromic, and methods of making such compounds, and describes a mechanism of catalytic electrochromism. Briefly, a ring-closed form (isomer B) of a compound loses an electron under electrochemical conditions, forming a radical cation. A rapid ring-opening reaction occurs, providing the radical cation of isomer A, which oxidizes a neighbouring compound of isomer B, neutralizing the radical cation. This ring opening reaction may be initiated with a small charge, and perpetuates throughout the material, resulting in conversion of the ring-closed isomers to the ring-open isomers.
  • variable transmittance optical filters comprising a material capable of transitioning between light and dark states in response to ultraviolet light and electric voltage, the material comprising a chromophore that has both electrochromic and photochromic properties.
  • Light transmission properties of such optical filters may be varied by selection of a photochromic-electrochromic diarylethene with greater or lesser light absorbance in the ring- open or ring-closed form. To provide for such variation, there is a need for molecules with improved photochromic, electrochromic or photochromic and electrochromic properties.
  • photochromic and electrochromic compounds with photostationary states, or sensitivity index suitable for various applications. Such compounds may be useful as components of switchable, or dynamic, optical filters. The ability of a compound to absorb light in the visible spectrum may be illustrated by the photostationary state of the compound when exposed to full spectrum light.
  • the problem of needing photochromic and electrochromic compounds that provide suitable light absorption in a visible-light absorbing state may be solved by synthesis of novel photochromic/electrochromic compounds demonstrating a suitable PSS, or a suitable sensitivity index.
  • the present disclosure relates to one or more compounds ("chromophores") reversibly convertible between isomers. Conversion between isomers may be light induced, or may occur under some oxidative conditions such as electrochemical conditions, or a combination thereof.
  • Z may be N, O or S
  • Each R ⁇ may be independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo;
  • Each R 3 may be independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, C0 2 Y, alkyl ,
  • Y may be the group comprising H, a metal, alkyl, aryl, -(O-
  • Each R 4 may be independently selected from the group consisting of aryl,
  • Each X may independently be N, O or S:
  • R 4 may alternately be described as an "internal” group.
  • R 3 may alternately be described as an "external” group.
  • R ⁇ , R6b, R6 0 R7a> R-7b and R 7c may be independently selected from a group comprising one or more of H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, carbonyl, siloxy, thioalkyl C0 2 Y or aryl; and Y is as referenced herein, with the proviso that at least one of R 6a , R ⁇ , R6 C , and at least one of R 7a , R 7 b and R 7c are not H.
  • R 6a and R 7a position may alternately be referred to as the "5 position”; the R 6b and R 7b position may alternately be referred to as the "4 position”; the R 6c and R 7c position may alternately be referred to as the "3 position" of the ring; [0010]
  • Each of R 8a , R 8 b, R 8c Rgd, Rge, R9a, Rgb, R9c, Rgd and R 9e may be independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkyl, carbonyl, siloxy, aryl or C0 2 Y, and Y is as referenced herein, with the proviso that at least one of R a , Rgb, Rgc Rsd, or R 8e , and at least one of R 9a , R b , R 9c , d and R 9e are not H
  • the R 8c and R 9c positions may alternately be
  • R3 is R e- R ec and R4 is R 7b R c , providing a compound reversibly convertible between Formula IIA (ring-open isomer) and Formula IIB (ring-closed isomer), and R6a and R 7a are not methyl.
  • R 3 is , providing a compound reversibly convertible between Formula IIIA (ring-open isomer) and Formula IIIB (ring-closed isomer) and R 8c and R 9c are not all -O-CH3, or all -C(CH 3 ) 3 W
  • R 3 is , providing a compound reversibly convertible between Formula IVA (ring-open isomer) and Formula IVB (ring-closed isomer) and R6 a is not methyl
  • R 3 is , and R4 is , providing a compound reversibly convertible between Formula VA (ring-open isomer) and Formula VB (ring-closed isomer) and R 7a is not methyl.
  • each R4 is independently, aryl, X is N, O or S;
  • R 3 is and i is , providing a compound reversibly convertible between Formula VIIIA (ring-open isomer) and Formula VIIIB (ring-closed isomer).
  • R 3 is and R4 is , providing a compound reversibly convertible between Formula XIA (ring-open isomer) and Formula XIB (ring-closed isomer).
  • R9 C may be an alkyl, alkoxy or siloxy group, selected from a group comprising an alkyl group comprising from one to 20 carbons.
  • one or more of Rio a , Riob, Rioc, Riod may be an alkoxy or siloxy group, comprising from one to ten oxygen atoms and from one to 20 carbons.
  • an Rjob and an R 10c are each O, and joined with a -C3 ⁇ 4- to form a 5 membered ring.
  • the compounds each comprise ring-open, or open, isomers (Isomer A) and ring-closed, or closed, isomers (Isomer B).
  • These compounds may be reversibly convertible between open and closed forms under photochemical, oxidative, or photochemical and oxidative conditions. Oxidative conditions may be electrochemical conditions.
  • the compounds may be convertible from the ring-open isomer A to the ring-closed isomer B under photochemical conditions, and from the ring-closed isomer B to the ring-open isomer A under electrochemical conditions.
  • the compounds may be convertible from the ring-open isomer A to the ring-closed isomer B under a first photochemical condition, and from the ring-closed isomer B to the ring-open isomer A under a second photochemical condition.
  • the first photochemical condition may include light within the UV range.
  • one or more of the compounds may be included in a composition comprising one or more compounds, and one or more formulation components.
  • photochromic and photochemical both refer to conversion from one isoform to another when exposed to light.
  • electrochromic and electrochemical both refer to conversion from one isoform to another when exposed to a voltage.
  • R7a R7b and R 7c as described herein;
  • R 8a , Rgb, Rgc Red, R8e, as described herein; indicate the same substituents, with groups R 9a , R , R 9c , R9d and R 9e as described herein; [0035] indicate the same substituents, with groups R 10a , Riot,, Ri 0c and R 10d as described herein.
  • both R 3 or both R 4 groups may be the same or they may be different.
  • Figure 1 shows the absorbance (Y axis) of S001 at various wavelengths of light (X axis, in nm) for two light sources - 365 nm and solar simulator (SS) in the presence or absence of a UV blocking film.
  • B Solar simulator without UV blocking film;
  • D 365 nm light source without UV blocking film.
  • Figure 2 shows a spectral profile for sunlight and interior halogen light sources. Spectra are plotted on separate y-axes and do not reflect relative intensities.
  • FIG. 9 shows the absorptivity of selected compounds at PSS under interior lighting (A), combined interior and sunlight lighting (B), or sunlight (C).
  • Y-axis shows the absorbance of ring-closed isomer at ⁇ max. S096 (solid diamond), S094 (solid square), S079 (solid triangle), S044 (cross), S042 (star) and S035 (solid circle).
  • Figure 4 shows a change in absorption of a sample of S094 exposed to different lighting conditions: solid line -sunlight (max PSS); dashed line - sunlight + interior lighting (photofaded from max dark to intermediate state); dotted line - interior lighting (photofaded from max dark to lowest absorption state).
  • Figure 5 provides a bar graph illustrating the PSS of selected compounds according to Formula IIA/IIB,in the ring-closed isoform (Formula IIB) when exposed to 365 nm light (open bar), or full spectrum light (QSU solar simulator) (solid bar).
  • Figure 6 provides a bar graph illustrating the PSS of selected compounds according to Formula IIIA/B, in the ring-closed isoform (Formula MB) when exposed to 365 nm light (open bar), or full spectrum light (solid bar).
  • Figure 7 provides a bar graph illustrating the PSS of selected compounds according to Formula IVA/B, in the ring-closed isoform (Formula IVB) when exposed to 365 nm light (open bar), or full spectrum light (solid bar).
  • Figure 8 provides a bar graph illustrating the PSS of selected compounds according to Formula VIIA/B, in the ring-closed isoform (FormulaVIIB) when exposed to 365 nm light (open bar), or full spectrum light (solid bar).
  • diarylethenes such as dithienylethenes, having 'internal' aryl groups (R4 as illustrated in Formula I A and IB) exhibit both photochromic and electrochromic functionality, and may be useful components of optical filters that vary in light transmissibility in response to stimuli.
  • substituent groups may provide for compounds with improved or advantageous properties, including photostationary state, solubility, synthetic methods, sensitivity index, or the like.
  • Compounds according to various embodiments may undergo catalytic electrochemical oxidation with application of a voltage and methods of switching, or operating, a switching material from a dark to a faded state may employ application of a catalytic amount of a voltage.
  • a catalytic amount of a voltage may be positive or negative, and may be from about 0.1 to about 5 volts, or any amount or range therebetween.
  • a "switching material” is one that has both electrochromic and photochromic properties.
  • a switching material may darken when exposed to ultraviolet (UV) light from a light source, and may lighten (fade, electrofade) when exposed to a voltage. In some embodiments, the switching material may fade upon exposure to selected wavelengths of visible (VIS) light ("photofade”), without sacrifice of the ability to be electrofaded when restored to a darkened state.
  • VLT Visible light transmittance
  • LT A luminous transmittance, illuminant A, 2% observer. Light transmittance may be expressed with reference to a change in light transmission and/or a particular type of light or wavelength of light transmitted.
  • PSS photostationary state
  • QUV, Xenon-arc lamp, Q-SUN natural or filtered sunlight, UV, VIS, IR, NIR, full spectrum, or the like, or with reference to a particular wavelength or range of wavelengths, or in the presence or absence of a filter.
  • Some ring-open and ring-closed isomers may undergo isomerization from one to the other in response to different wavelengths of light - if a wavelength of light is used where only one of the isomers absorbs, irradiation results in complete isomerization to the other form.
  • 254 nm, 313 nm or 365 nm light are commonly used in studies of UV-absorbing isomers, but this may not be representative of the PSS under other light conditions that include the visible spectrum such as natural or simulated sunlight ("full spectrum" light) and/or with filters that block a portion of the UV component of the light.
  • the magnitude of the maximum absorbance in the visible range may change with the light source ( Figure 1) - the wavelength at this peak in the visible range may be referred to as lambda max, or max.
  • Line D shows the absorption profile for a compound when exposed to a 365 nm light source.
  • contrast ratio is a ratio of the light transmittance of a material in the dark state and the light state.
  • a material may allow transmission of about 10% of the visible light (10% VLT) in a dark state, and about 60% of the visible light (60% VLT) in a faded state, providing a contrast ratio of 6:1.
  • a material may have a contast ratio of at least about 2 to about 20, or greater, or any amount or range therebetween, for example, about 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 ,9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20.
  • a compound with a darker PSS greater absorbance at lambda max
  • Photostability may be measured by the amount of time it takes for the compound, or a material comprising the compound to degrade to a certain point under light exposure.
  • the light exposure may be constant, or cyclic.
  • the light transmittance or absorbance of the compound, or material comprising the compound may be determined at both a light state and dark state prior to testing, to determine a contrast ratio.
  • the contrast ratio may be monitored (periodically or continually); the compound or material may be determined to have failed when the contrast ratio falls outside, or below, a selected range, or when the contrast ratio decreases to a percentage of the original contrast ratio.
  • Photostability also, may be expressed with reference to a light source or with reference to a type of light.
  • switching voltage refers to the electric potential required for a compound, or material, to achieve a faded state.
  • Switching voltage may further refer to the relationship between voltage and time to switch.
  • the material may be first darkened by exposure to a light source, followed by passing an electric current through the material at a defined voltage or voltage range, and assessing the time until a clear state, or a desired increase in light transmissibility is achieved.
  • Switching voltage may be expressed as a voltage or range of voltage (e.g. about 2.5 volts, about 2.2 volts, or below about 2 volts, or the like).
  • the compound or material has a switching potential of of about 0.5 volts to about 5 volts, or from about 1 volt to about 2.5 volts, or any amount or range therebetween.
  • switching time refers to the time necessary for a material to transition from a dark state to a clear state, or from a clear state to a dark state, or to alter light transmittance by a defined amount.
  • "About” as used herein when referring to a measurable value such as an amount, a temporal duration, or the like, is meant to encompass variations of ⁇ 20% or ⁇ 10%, or ⁇ 5%, or ⁇ 1%, or ⁇ 0.1% or any amount therebetween from the specified value, as appropriate to perform the disclosed methods.
  • halogen refers to F, CI, Br or I.
  • halo is generic, and refers to any halogen moiety, for example fluoro- chloro-, bromo- or iodo-, or the like.
  • metal refers to a transition metal, or an alkali metal such as Li, Na, K, or the like; or a metalloid such as B or Si, or the like.
  • alkyl refers to any linear or branched, non-aromatic monocyclic or polycyclic, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group of 1 to 50 carbons, for example 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, or 45, or any amount therebetween.
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, iso- butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, 1-pentyl, iso-pentyl, neo-pentyl, hexyl, cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane or the like.
  • the alkyl group may have one or more saturated or unsaturated bonds.
  • the alkyl group may contain only carbon and hydrogen atoms, or may further incorporate one or more heteroatoms such as Si, N, O or S as part of the alkyl group (a heteroalkyl group).
  • cyclic heteroalkyl groups include aziridine, oxirane, thiirane, oxaziridine, dioxirane, azetidine, oxetane, thietane, diazetidine, dioxetane, dithietane, azirine, oxirene, thiirene, azete, oxete, thiete, dioxete, dithiete, pyrrolidine, oxolane, thiolane, borolane, silolane, dithiolane, dioxolane, oxazolidine, piperidine, oxane, thiane, piperazine, morpholine or the like.
  • alkyl group with an Si heteroatom may be described as a 'silyl' or 'silane' group.
  • alkoxy refers to any -O-R group, where R (and R' for an ether, below) may independently be H, alkyl, siloxy or aryl. Examples of alkoxy groups include those with from 1 to 50 carbon or silicon atoms in a linear or branched chain, for example methoxy or ethoxy, or longer alkyl groups. Other alkoxy groups include ethers (-R-O-R'-), alcohol (-OH) or alkoxide (-R-O-metal) or the like.
  • An alkyl group comprising an alkoxy substituent group may be referred to as an 'alkylalkoxy' group.
  • An alkyl group comprising an Si heteroatom, and an alkoxy, or a siloxy group may be referred to as an alkylsiloxy, or silylsiloxy group.
  • Examples of carbonyl groups include aldehyde (-COH), ketone (COR'), ester (COOR), acyl (RR'C-O), carboxyl, thioester (COSR), primary amide (CON3 ⁇ 4), secondary amide (CONHR'), tertiary amide (CONR'R”) or the like.
  • siloxane refers to an (R) 2 -Si-0-, where R may independently be H, alkyl, aryl, thioether or alkoxy.
  • a siloxane may be branched or linear, substituted or unsubstituted, or comprise alternating Si and O atoms.
  • thioether refers to an -S-R group where R may independently be H, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy or the like.
  • R', R", R"' may be alkyl chains that contain between 1 and 50 non-hydrogen atoms such as C, N, O, S, Si, B or P that may be branched or unbranched, that may be acyclic or cyclic, and that may contain any permutation of heteroatomic substituents such as N, O, S, Si, B or halogen.
  • aryl refers to a group or substituent derived from an aromatic ring compound where one or more hydrogen atoms are removed from the ring.
  • An aryl group may alternately be referred to as an aromatic group.
  • An aryl group may comprise a single atom species in the ring (e.g. all ring atoms may be carbon, such as in a phenyl ring - a 'carbocycle') or may comprise one or more heteroatoms in the ring - a "heteroaryl".
  • An aryl group may be polycyclic.
  • the carbocyclic, heterocyclic or polycyclic aryl group may comprise one or more substitutent groups (a substituted aryl) or be unsubstituted (an unsubstituted aryl).
  • a carbocyclic aryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or the like.
  • a carbocyclic aryl group may be polycyclic.
  • a heterocyclic aryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, pyrazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, triazole, furazan, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, dithiazole, tetrazole, pyridine, pyran, thiopyran, diazine, oxazine, thiazine, dioxine, dithiine, triazine, tetrazine, or the like.
  • a polycyclic aryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted indole, isoindole, quinolone, isoquinoline, benzofuran, benzothiophene, acridine, dibenzothiophene, carbazole, dibenzofuran or the like.
  • alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkoxy, alkylalkoxy or aryl groups may further comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or more substituent groups.
  • Substituent groups may be independently selected from the groups comprising:
  • a sulfur-based group such as -SH, thioether (SR'), sulfoxide (SOR'), sulfone (S0 2 R'), primary sulfonamide (S0 2 NH 2 ), secondary sulfonamide (S0 2 NHR'), tertiary sulfonamide (S0 2 NR'R”), wherein groups R', R", R"' are defined supra.
  • R 6a , R ⁇ ,b, Rec, R7a, R7b, R7c Rs a , Rsb, Rsc, Rsd, Rse, R a, R b, R9c, R9d, R9 0 RiOa, Riob, ioc, Riod may independently comprise an electron- withdrawing group (EWG), electron-donating group (EDG) or bulky group.
  • EWG electron- withdrawing group
  • EDG electron-donating group
  • bulky group can be used synonymously herein with “electron acceptor” and "electron- withdrawing group”.
  • an “electron- withdrawing group” (“EWG”) or an “electron-accepting group” or an “electron-acceptor” refers to a functional group that draws electrons to itself more than a hydrogen atom would if it occupied the same position in a molecule.
  • EWG include halo, electron-poor heteroaryl groups, electron-poor substituted aryl groups, -N0 2 , - ⁇ R ⁇ -SO 3 H, -CN, CF 3 , aldehyde, ester, carboxylic acid, carbonyl, carbonyl chloride, amide or the like.
  • electron-donating group can be used synonymously herein with "electron donor”.
  • an "electron-donating group” or an “electron-donor” refers to a functional group that donates electrons to a neighboring atom more than a hydrogen atom would if it occupied the same position in a molecule.
  • EDG include -OH, OR, NH 2 , NHR, NR 2 , electron-rich heteroaryl groups, electron-rich substituted aryl groups, -O " , amine, alcohol, ether, carbamate, or the like.
  • a substituent group may comprise a siloxy or silyl component - for example silane, siloxy, alkylsiloxy, silanesiloxy, alkoxysilane, Formula XI, Formula XII, or the like - the substituent group may comprise:
  • n and m are independently any integer from 0 to 20, or any range therebetween, or 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20.
  • a "bulky” group may be an alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, silane, siloxy, alkylsiloxy, silanesiloxy, alkoxysilane, or a substituted alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, silane, siloxy, alkylsiloxy, silanesiloxy, alkoxysilane, the bulky substituent group comprising at least two atoms selected from the group comprising C, N, O, Si or S.
  • a bulky substituent group is a substituted or unsubstituted ethyl, propyl, butyl, tert-butyl or pentyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group.
  • a bulky substituent group is a substituted or unsubstituted formula XI or formula XII.
  • a bulky substituent group is an alkyl-substituted thiophene, or an alkyl- substituted phenyl, or an alkyl substituted benzothiophene or an alkyl substituted benzofuran.
  • Inclusion of a bulky substituent group may increase the, photostationary state, solubility, photostability or durability of a compound.
  • some positions of an internal or external thiophenyl ring may polymerize when subjected to oxidation conditions by application of a voltage.
  • Inclusion of a bulky group at R 6a or R 7a (5-position), or R 6b or R 7b (4-position) of a thiophenyl ring may improve the durability of the compound when subjected to multiple cycles of electrooxidation.
  • a small e.g.
  • Compounds according to various embodiments of the invention may include one more of the following:
  • Each R ⁇ and R 2 may be independently selected from a group comprising H or F.
  • R 3 and R4 may each be independently selected from a group comprising one or
  • Substituent groups of a substituted thiophene or substituted benzyl group may include -CN, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, tert-butyl;
  • R 6a , R 6 b, Rsci and/or R 7a , R 7 b, R7 C ; and/or Rg a , R 8 b, Rsc, Rsd, R 8e ; and/or R 9a , R 9b , R 9c , R 9d , Rg e ; and/or Ri 0a , Ri 0b , R 10c , Rio d may each independently be selected from a group comprising one or more of: H, CI, Br, F, -CF 3 , -CN, -N0 2 , methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, saturated or unsaturated alkyl that is linear or branched with 5-12 carbons, -Si(Rn)3, thiophene, substituted thiophene, benzyl,
  • each R ⁇ i of -Si(R] 1)3 may be independently selected from the group comprising R or -O-R, and wherein R is linear or branched, non-aromatic monocyclic or polycyclic, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group of 1 to 20 carbons.
  • each R may be a heteroalkyl group comprising one or more of O, S, N or Si, or each R may be a saturated or unsaturated alkyl that is linear or branched with 1-12 carbons, or each R may be a substituted or unsubstituted methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl or hexyl.
  • Exemplary compounds according to Formulae IA and IB include: S039, S053, S073, U130, U136, U142.
  • R 3 is include one or more of: S001, S003, S007, SOU, S012, S013, S019, S020, S024, S026, S027, S034, S036, S037, S038, S040, S047, S048, S106, SI 19, S124, S128, S135, S138, S143, S148, S149, S154, S158, S170, U008, U009, U010, U018, U021, U022, U023, U025, U028, U029, U030, U041, U100, U102, U117, U120, U125, U126, U127, U129, U131, U132, U133, U134, U156, U159, U160, U165, S170. [0085] Exemplary compounds according to Formulae IIIA and IIIB (compounds according to Formulae IIIA and IIIB (compounds according to Formulae IIIA and IIIB (compounds according to Formulae IIIA and IIIB (
  • R 3 include S049 IA and VIB (compounds according to Formula IA/IB where R 3 include S049 IA and VIB (compounds according to Formula IA/IB where R 3 include S049 IA and VIB (compounds according to Formula IA/IB where R 3 include S049 IA and VIB (compounds according to Formula IA/IB where R 3 include S049 IA and VIB (compounds according
  • Exemplary compounds according to Formula VIIA and VIIB include one or more of: S014, S015, S079, S083, S137, S140, S144, S157, U082, U121, U142, S144, U145, U146, U147, U150, S151, S152, U153, S155, U157, S161, S162, S163, S164.
  • R4 is R 7b R 7c
  • R4 includes one or more of S 137, S 144,
  • Exemplary compounds according to Formulae XA and XB include one or more of S191 and S193.
  • exemplary compounds according to various embodiments of the invention include one or more of: S032, S035, S055, U045.
  • compounds with an increased absorbance at a photostationary state (PSS) or a suitable, or increased contrast ratio, or an increased solubility may be an improvement.
  • a compound with a greater absorbance in the visible range may be used in lesser quantities in a formulation or material to achieve a desired contrast ratio, whereas a compound with a lower absorbance at a PSS may need a higher concentration to achieve a desired contrast ratio.
  • sensitivity index is a ratio of the PSS under 365 nm light to the PSS under full spectrum light (without UV blocking film). SI is an indicator of the sensitivity of the compound to the composition of the incident light (a change in the ratio of UV and visible components) - photochemical ring-opening is induced by a portion of the visible light spectrum.
  • An SI of about 1 indicates that the rate of photoconversion to the ring-closed state is about equal with both light sources, whereas as the SI increases it is indicative of a greater sensitivity to the composition of the light source.
  • Applications that may benefit from a higher rate of photoconversion to a ring- closed state may benefit from a compound having a higher PSS, while applications that may benefit from a low rate of photoconversion to a ring-closed state may benefit from a lower PSS.
  • Applications that may benefit from a compound that is less responsive to the light composition may benefit from a compound having an SI closer to 1
  • applications that may benefit from a compound that exhibits a higher sensitivity to the composition of light may benefit from a compound with a higher SI.
  • Table 1 Absorbance at PSS for selected chromophores according to Formulae IIA and IIB.
  • Figure 5 provides a bar graph illustrating the PSS of Formula II compounds in the ring-closed isoform (Formula IIB) when exposed to 365 nm light (365 nm), or simulated sunlight.
  • Table 2 Absorbance at PSS for selected chromophores according to Formulae III A and IIIB .
  • Figure 6 provides a bar graph illustrating the PSS of Formula III compounds in the ring-closed isoform (Formula IIIB) when exposed to 365 nm light (365 nm), or simulated sunlight.
  • Table 3 Absorbance at PSS for selected chromophores according to Formula IVA and IVB.
  • Figure 7 provides a bar graph illustrating the PSS of Formula IV compounds in the ring-closed isoform (Formula IVB) when exposed to 365 nm light (365 nm), or simulated sunlight.
  • Table 4 Absorbance at PSS for selected chromophores according to Formula VIIA and VIIB.
  • Figure 8 provides a bar graph illustrating the PSS of Formula VII compounds in the ring-closed isoform (Formula VIIB) when exposed to 365 nm light (365 nm), or simulated sunlight.
  • Table 5 Absorbance at PSS for selected chromophores.
  • EWG electron withdrawing groups
  • EDG electron donating groups
  • a compound according to Formula IIA/IIB, or IIIA/IIIB, or IVA/IVB, or VA/VB, or VIA/VIB, or VIIA/VIIB, or VIIIA/VIIIB, or XIA/XIB, or XA/XB may have an SI of about 1 to about 20, or any amount or range therebetween, for example, about 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or any amount or range therebetween; or about 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8 or 3.9, or any amount or range therebetween.
  • a compound according to Formula IIA/IIB, or IIIA/IIIB, or IVA/IVb, or VA/VB, or VIA/VIB, or VIIA/VIIB, or VIIIA/VIIIB, or XIA/XIB, or XA/XB may have a PSS under 365 nm or full spectrum light (simulated sunlight) of about 0.05 to about 2 or any amount or range therebetween for example about 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3..1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9 or 2.0, or any amount or range therebetween.
  • the compound may have a PSS under 365 nm or full spectrum light (simulated sunlight) of at least 0.05 to about 2 or any amount or range therebetween for example at least 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9 or 2.0, or any amount or range therebetween.
  • PSS under 365 nm or full spectrum light (simulated sunlight) of at least 0.05 to about 2 or any amount or range therebetween for example at least 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9 or 2.0, or any amount or range therebetween.
  • a compound with greater solubility allows for a formulation or material with a greater concentration of coloured molecule to be incorporated into a composition. This may allow for increasing the contrast ratio for a compound with a lesser absorbance at PSS.
  • Inclusion of a solubilizing group in a compound according to various embodiments of the invention may increase solubility. Examples of solubilizing groups may include alkoxy or siloxy groups.
  • Compounds of the invention may be in a monomeric or polymeric form.
  • the polymeric form may be a homopolymer or heteropolymer; the polymeric form may be produced by a ring-opening methathesis polymerization (ROMP).
  • ROMP ring-opening methathesis polymerization
  • Examples of ROMP conditions for polymer production with a photochromic moiety in a side chain or a main chain of the polymer are described for selected l,2-bis(3-thienyl)cyclopentene molecules in PCT Publications WO 02/06361 and WO2004/015024, respectively.
  • a homopolymer or heteropolymer may be produced using the ROMP method and conditions described in PCT Publication WO2004/015024.
  • a homopolymer or heteropolymer having photochromic and electrochromic properties maybe produced using the ROMP methods and conditions described in PCT Publication WO02/06361.
  • R ⁇ and R 2 may be F.
  • R 6a-C is C0 2 Y
  • a homopolymer or heteropolymer having photochromic and electrochromic properties maybe produced using the ROMP methods and conditions described in PCT Publication WO02/06361.
  • Ri and R 2 may be F.
  • S048 is an example of a compound of the invention that may be incorporated into a polymeric composition according to some embodiments of the invention.
  • Rga-c is C0 2 Y
  • a homopolymer or heteropolymer having photochromic and electrochromic properties may be produced using the ROMP methods and conditions described in PCT Publication WO02/06361.
  • Ri and R 2 may be F.
  • one of R 10a -d and/or one of R 6a- c is C0 2 Y, and a homopolymer or heteropolymer having photochromic and electrochromic properties maybe produced using the ROMP methods and conditions described in PCT Publication WO02/06361.
  • Rj and R 2 may be F.
  • the invention also relates to compositions comprising one or more compounds, and one or more formulation components.
  • the invention also relates to compositions comprising one or more formulation components, in the absence of a compound.
  • formulation components include a solvent and optionally a supporting electrolyte and a gelling agent.
  • a formulation may further comprise one or more of a polymer, a polymer, a monomer, an initiator, a catalyst, an electrolyte, a charge compensator, anti-oxidant, a rheology modifier, a colourant (dye, non-switching chromophore), a UV blocking agent, or the like.
  • a formulation component may perform one or more than one function.
  • compounds comprising polymeric compositions, and the polymeric composition included in a material may provide a single formulation component that provides both a switching function, as well as a structural or rheological function.
  • a switching material may have a VLT or LTA of at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80% or at least about 90% when in a light state, or any amount or range therebetween, according to various aspects of the invention.
  • a switching material may have a VLT or LT A of less than about 50%, or less than about 40%» or less than about 30% orless than about 20% or less than about 10% when in a dark state, or any amount or range therebetween, according to various aspects of the invention.
  • One or more compounds according to various embodiments of the invention may be present in a switching material in an amount (% weight) of about 0.05% to about 30%, or any amount or range therebetween, for example about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 , 12, 13 ,14 ,15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28 or 29%.
  • Suitable solvents include those with one or more of the following characteristics: boiling point of about 150°C or greater, vapour pressure of about 0.001 mmHg or less at 20°C, Yellowness Index (YI) of about 6 or less; a flash point of about 80°C or greater, a melting point of about 40°C or less.
  • the solvent does not have HCN or HC1 degradation products, or does not have -NH, urea or ketone functional groups.
  • solvents include, but are not limited to triglyme, tetraglyme, propylene carbonate, ethylene carbonate, water, butyrolactone, cyclopentanone or a combination thereof.
  • solvents include ethylene glycol phenyl ether; diethylene glycol monobutyl ether; diethyl succinate; dimethylglutarate;N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) ethyl myristate; mineral seal oil ; diethylene glycol n-butyl ether acetate; Eastman Cl l ketone; diisobutyl adipate; dihexyl azelate; diethyl maleate; diisooctyl azelate; triethylene glycol monobutyl ether (butoxytriglycol); diisooctyl dodecanedioate; 2-(2-ethylhexyloxy)ethanol; glyceryl triacetate; tetramethylene sulfoxide; dibutyl adipate; 3- dodecylheptamethyltrisiloxane; diethyl sebacate; dibutyl itaconate; 1,4-
  • ethylene carbonate EC
  • bis(2-ethylhexyl) adipate tetraethylene glycol; hexadecamethylheptasiloxane; dioctyl terephthalate; Bis[2-(2-butoxyethoxy)ethyl] adipate (BBEEA); triethylene gylcol bis(2-ethylhexanoate) (TEG BEH); propylene carbonate (PC); triethylene glycol monomethyl ether (methoxytriglycol); triethylene glycol monoethyl ether (ethoxytriglycol); tetraglyme; 18-Crown 6-Ether; 1,3-dimethylimidazolidinone (DMI); poly(ethylene glycol) bis(2-ethylhexanoate); 1,5-pentanediol; di(ethylene glycol) dibenzoate; 2-ethylhexyl-(s)-
  • one or more polymers may be included in the compositions.
  • polymers include polyvinylbutyral (PVB) B-90, PVB- B72, poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA), nitrile rubber (NBR), polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), poly(dimethylsiloxane) (PDMS), poly(ethyl methacrylate) (PEMA), NBR, hydroxypropyl cellulose, PEG-DMA (poly(ethylene glycol) dimethacrylate), PHEMA (poly(2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate), PlexiglasTM G-UVT acrylic, polychloroprene, polybutadiene, PDMS-g-PEG (PEG-modified PDMS), PEO (polyethylene oxide), PEG- MEMA (PEG-methylether methacrylate), PPGMA (polypropylene glyco
  • the one or more polymers may be present in an amount from about 0.1% to about 10%) (by weight)or any amount or range therebetween, for example 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9%, or any amount or range therebetween.
  • the one or more polymers may function as a rheology modifier.
  • Supporting electrolytes are generally electrically conductive, and may comprise alkali metal salts, tetralkylammonium salts or the like.
  • alkali metal salts include TBABF 4 (tetrabutylammonium tetrafluoroborate), TBAPF 6 (tetrabutylammonium hexafluorophosphate), tetrabutylammonium perchlorate, lithium bis(trifluoromethane sulfonimide), triflate, LiBOB (lithium bis(oxatlato)borate), L1CIO4 (lithium perchlorate) or the like.
  • the one or more salts may be present in an amount from about 0.1 % to about 10% (by weight) or any amount or range therebetween, for example 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9%.
  • a charge compensator charge-transfer complex or charge-transfer salt
  • a charge compensator may be included in one or more compositions.
  • a charge compensator may be a cathodic material to aid in redox balance of an anodic chromophore.
  • the charge compensator may be stable, or sufficiently stable in both reduced and oxidized forms.
  • the charge compensator may be an organic semiconductor.
  • charge compensators examples include Prussian Blue, ferrocenium tetrafluoroborate, ferrocenium hexafluorophosphate, tetracyanoquinodimethane, tetrafluoro-tetracyanoquinodimethane, 1,4- dicyanobenzene, 1,2,4,5 -tetracyanobenaene, pyrene, tetracene, pentacene or the like.
  • the one or more charge compensators may be present in an amount from about 0.1% to about 10% (by weight) or any amount or range therebetween, for example 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9%.
  • a colourant in a composition may achieve a desired colour and/or adjust the visible light transmission of the composition.
  • a variety of colourants are known in the art, and selection of a colourant to achieve a desired colour, hue or transmissibility is within the ability of a skilled worker.
  • Examples of colourants include one or more chromophores as described herein, Prussian blue, or the like.
  • One or more colourants may be present in an amount from about 0.01% to about 10% (by weight) or any amount or range therebetween, for example 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9%.
  • UV absorbers compounds or compositions that absorb light and dissipate energy by thermal relaxation
  • UV blocking agents include Biphenyl, 2-Hydroxybenzophenone, 2,2'-Dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2,4-Dihydroxybenzophenone, 2-(2-Hydroxy- 5-methylphenyl)benzotriazoie, Ethyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate, 2-(2H-Benzotriazol-2- yl)-4,6-di-tert-pentylphenol, 2-(2H-Benzotriazol-2-yl)-4,6-bis( 1 -methyl- 1 -phenylethyl), HostavinTM VSU (Nl-(2-ethoxyphenyl)-N2-(2-ethylphenyl)-ethanediamide) and the like.
  • One or more UV absorbers include Biphenyl, 2-Hydroxybenzophenone, 2,2'-
  • UV stabilizers such as HALS (hindered amine light scavengers may be included in a composition according to various embodiments of the invention.
  • HALS hindered amine light scavengers
  • examples of HALS include 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidine, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinol, 1,2,2,6,6- pentamethyl-4-piperidinol, 1, 5,8,12-Tetrakis[4,6-bis(N-butyl-N-l,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4- pieridylamino)-l,3,5-triazin-2-yl]-l,5,8,12-tetraazododecane, Bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4- piperidyl)sebacate, Bis(l-octyloxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, ChimassorbTM 944 (Poly[[6-[(
  • Compounds, and compositions or switching materials according to various embodiments of the invention may be useful in devices or applications where an optical filter is employed.
  • the compounds or compositions may be used in films or coatings that may be applied to a surface such as glass, a lens or the like, and modify the light transmittance.
  • examples of such devices include opthalmic lenses, actinometers, molecular sensors, photochromic inks, paints or fibers, variable transmission filters, optical information storage systems, optoelectronic systems, reversible holographic systems, molecular switches such as those used in molecule-based wires and circuitry or the like.
  • the switching material may be disposed upon a first substrate, or "sandwiched' between a first substrate and a second substrate, the switching material capable of transitioning between a light state and a dark state based on application of light in the UV and/or VIS range, and application nof an electric voltage.
  • Switching material disposed upon a substrate, with or without a second substrate may be generaly referred to an optical filter.
  • the switching material may be a liquid, a gel, a solid, a semi-solid or a sol-gel, and may be formed in a layer with a thickness of about 0.1 micron (micrometer, ⁇ ) to about 100 microns, or any amount or range therebetween, for example from about 10 microns to about 50 microns, or from about 0.1 micron to about 10 microns, or from about 0.5 micron to about 5 microns, or any amount or range therebetween.
  • the layer of switching material is of uniform, or substantially uniform, thickness.
  • the layer of switching material is of non-uniform thickness.
  • the first and/or second substrates may be independently opaque or transparent, or substantially transparent.
  • the switching material when the switching material is disposed upon, or sandwiched between the substrate(s), it is optically clear (e.g. demonstrating a haze of less than about 5%, less than about 4%, less than about 3%, less than about 2% or less than about 1%.
  • Haze may be measured using methods known in the art, for examley use of an XL-21 1 Hazemeter from BYK-Gardner, according to manufacturer's instructions.
  • the first and/or second substrates may block (absorbe or reflect) selected ranges or wavelengths of light.
  • the first and/or second substrates may be treated with, or have applied to them, a film or other material that blocks selected ranges or wavelengths of light.
  • the range or wavelength of light may be in the UV range. Examples of UV blocking films that may be applied include EnergyFilmTM (ArtScape) and EnerLogicTM (Solutia).
  • the optical filter may be disposed upon a pane of glass, or other transparent material suitable for use as a window, or incorporation into an insulated glazing unit (IGU), or a storm window or secondary glazing.
  • IGU insulated glazing unit
  • R6 or R 7 is not H or not methyl, or not alkyl.
  • R ⁇ and R 2 are F, Z is S and X is S, at least one of R 7 is not methyl.
  • R 9 is CI or both R 8 is CI.
  • R9c is not butyl, or not tert-butyl.
  • R 2 are F
  • Z is S and R4 is 'J
  • R 3 is not [00140]
  • Rj is not [00140]
  • R 2 are F
  • Z is S
  • R 3 is W o orr
  • . RR4. i iss n noott [00141]
  • R 3 and R4 are
  • R 9 in the para position is not an alkyl chain according to C 4 H 9 , C 8 Hi 7 or Q2H25.
  • the invention does not include one or more of S001, S002, S006 S042, S054, S068 or S079. In some embodiments, the invention does not include one or more of S003, S004, U008, S014 or S015, S033 or S075. [00144] For all diarylethenes disclosed herein, where a ring-open isomer is illustrated, it is understood how the ring-closed isomer may be prepared from it; where a ring-closed isomer is illustrated, it is understood how the ring-open isomer may be prepared from it.
  • the present invention also provides for an embodiment comprising any combination of embodiments or aspects as referenced herein. Any embodiment or aspect referenced in this specification may be implemented or combined with respect to any other embodiment, aspect, method, composition or use of the invention, and vice versa. Exemplary embodiments of the invention are illustrated, in part, by the following non-limiting methods and examples:
  • Standard lamps for visualizing TLC plates (Spectroline E-series, 470 were used to carry out the ring-closing reaction for a compound, using a 365 nm, a 313 nm or a 254 nm light source where appropriate.
  • the compositions of all photostationary states were detected using 1H NMR spectroscopy.
  • the ring-opening reactions were carried out using the light of a 150 W tungsten source that was passed through a 490 nm or a 434 nm cutoff filter to eliminate higher energy light.
  • the compound may be dissolved in CHC1 2 and placed in a quartz glass cell as described.
  • the solution may be irradiated with visible light comprising a wavelength of -500 to 700 nm for 10 minutes, or until no futher change in absorbance is observed.
  • Solvent may be evaporated off under reduced pressure and the roduct purified using HPLC to afford the respective ring-open isomer.
  • Photostationary State (PSS UV Vis spectra are obtained using an OceanOpticsTM Spectrophotometer until absorption in the visible region of the spectrum stabilizes.
  • a 2x 10 " 5 M solution of compound in solvent is prepared, and photofaded using visible light until absorption in the visible region of the spectrum stabilizes.
  • the sample is then irradiated with simulated sunlight (QSUN SS-150 Solar Simulator with xenon arc lamp) until the absorption spectrum stabilizes.
  • simulated sunlight QSUN SS-150 Solar Simulator with xenon arc lamp
  • Electrochemical switching A 1 niM solution of compound in solvent (triglyme, acetonitrile or dichloroethane) with 1% wt electrolyte (TBAPF 6 or TBAPF 4 ) was prepared, placed in a capillary device (50 micron wide chamber of two panes of glass with ITO-coated interior walls, separated by a circumferential bead of sealant; one of the two panes comprising two fill ports), and exposed to 365 nm UV light source until a PSS is reached. A voltage is applied to the capillary device (from 0 to about 2, or from 0 to about 2.5 volts), and the solution inspected visually for colorimetric change to a faded state, indicating the chromophore exhibits electrochemical switching.
  • solvent triglyme, acetonitrile or dichloroethane
  • TBAPF 4 1% wt electrolyte
  • aqueous portion was extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organics were washed with water, dried over MgS0 4 , filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. Sonication of the residue in methanol, followed by filtration and drying afforded the desired compound.
  • Protocol H General procedure for the synthesis of chromophores (ether); Protocol H.
  • the aryl bromide (2.0 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous diethyl ether (protocol HI), anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (protocol H2) or a mixture of anhydrous diethyl ether and anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (protocol H3) and the solution was cooled to between -25 °C and -50 °C.
  • n- Butyl lithium 2.5 M in hexanes, 2.2 eq.
  • the mixture was transferred to a separation funnel and washed with hexanes several times until extraction of the entire product was achieved.
  • the organic layer was then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and filtered through a plug of silica gel. Hexanes were removed to afford the pure product.
  • the reaction was cooled down to room temperature and partitioned between water and ether. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether once more. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The pure product was obtained either after sonication in methanol or chromatography column.
  • K2 A solution of a second aryl bromide (152) (1.0 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous diethyl ether and solution was cooled to between -25 °C and -50 °C; n-Butyl lithium (2.5 M in hexanes 1.1 eq) was added and the reaction mixture stirred for 10-15 mnutes, and a solution of intermediate (151) (1.0 eq) in ether was added over 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 minutes, quenched with addition of 10% HC1. The organic portion was separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with ether.
  • Example 4 Synthesis of S007 - 3',3""-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5,5"- dimethyl-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene) (Scheme 14)
  • Example 6 Synthesis of S012 - methyl 4 , -(2-([2,2':5*,2"-terthiophen]-3'-yl)- 3,3,4,4,5,5-hexafluorocyclopent-l-en-l-yl)-[2,2':5',2"-terthiophene]-5-carboxylate (Scheme 16)
  • Example 7 Synthesis of S013 - 2-(2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethyl 4'-(2- ([2,2 , :5 2 , '-terthiophen]-3'-yl)-3,3,4,4,5,5-hexafluorocyclopent-l-en-l-yl)-[2,2':5',2' , - terthiophene]-5-carboxylate (Scheme 17)
  • Example 10 Synthesis of S019 - 3',3 m '-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5,5"-dibromo-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene) (Scheme 20)
  • the brown slurry was allowed to stir at 0 °C for 90 minutes, then was cooled to -78 0 and quenched by bubbling C02 through the solution for 2 hours. The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture allowed to slowly warm to RT while bubbling was continued overnight. The reaction was quenched by the addition of methanol (20 mL), and the mixture was poured into water (200 mL) and extracted with a mixture of THF/EtOAc (1 :1, 2 x 100 mL). The combined organics were washed with water (200 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation to afford a yellow/green, flaky solid, 3.17 g (84%).
  • the mixture was heated at 100°C for 18 hours and cooled to room temperature.
  • the top layer was decanted off and fresh toluene (300 mL) was added and the mixture again heated to 100 °C for 5 hours.
  • the mixture was cooled, to room temperature and the top layer decanted.
  • Another 300 mL of toluene was added to the mixture, heated at 100 °C in an oil bath for 20 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the top layer was decanted off.
  • the combined toluene layers were vacuum-filtered to remove precipitates and the filtrate washed with brine (4x 200 mL).
  • the lithiation was determined to be complete by TLC (1 :1 hexane/CHCl 3 ). The reaction was cooled to -50°C and B(OBu) 3 was added all in one portion. The solid precipitate dissolved within 5-10 minutes (monitored by TLC - only a baseline spot was observed). The reaction mixture was concentrated and re-dissolved in THF (50 mL). Compound 19 (1.3 g, 4.2 mmol) was dissolved into the mixture, 20% Na 2 C0 3 (aq) (50 mL) was added and the mixture de-oxygenated by bubbling Ar through for 30 minutes. Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (0.30 g, 0.25 mmol) was added and the mixture refluxed for 16 hours (overnight).
  • Example 16 Synthesis of S034 - 3',3 -(perfluorocyclopent-l -ene-1,2- diyl)bis(5,5"'-dimethyl-2,2':5',2":5",2 m -quaterthiophene) (Scheme 26)
  • the organic phase was dried over anhydrous MgS0 4 , filtered through a plug of silica gel and evaporated providing 8.35 g (97 % yield) of methylated product.
  • the product was kept in ether/hexanes solution; to use in synthesis, 100 g of DMF was loaded into 500 mL rbf and the ether/hexane solution of (24) was added to the DMF and evaporated under vacuum.
  • the DMF solution is clear and colourless and was used in the coupling reaction.
  • Example 20 Synthesis of S038 - (E)-4',4""-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5-((E)-styryl)-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene) (Scheme 30)
  • Solvents were removed by rotary evaporation, followed by column chromatography (Silica gel; hexanes/DCM (9:1)), to yield a yellow solid (0.245 g; 51% yield) of the target product. More of product (0.082 g) was isolated in a separate fraction. Overall yield 68%. Additional purification by means of crystallization was done using diethyl ether. Orange crystals were obtained after filtration and drying.
  • Example 21 Synthesis of S039 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(4,4',5,5'-tetramethyl-2,2'-bithiophene) (Scheme 31)
  • Example 24 Synthesis of S043 - 3-(2-(2,5-diphenylthiophen-3-yl)-3,3,4,4,5,5- hexafluorocyclopent- 1 -en- 1 -yl)-2-phenyl-5-(4-vinylphenyl)thiophene (Scheme 34)
  • Example 25 Synthesis of S044 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2,5- bis(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)thiophene) (Scheme 35)
  • Example 27 Synthesis of S049 - 3,3"-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5-(4- (tert-butyl)phenyl)-2,2'-bithiophene) (Scheme 37)
  • S002 S050 [00247] Synthesis of S050: S002 was prepared as described in US 7,777,055. To the solution of S002 (0.306 g; 0.475 mmol) in a mixture of acetic acid (10.0 mL) and DCM (10.0 mL) was added bromine (0.05 mL; 0.973 mmol) as a solution in DCM (3 mL). Ammonium nitrate was added as a catalyst and the mixture was heated to reflux overnight. After cooling to RT, DCM was removed under vacuum. The remaining acetic acid solution was poured into water and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was separated, washed with sodium thiosulfate solution and water, and concentrated.
  • Example 33 Synthesis of S056 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2,5- bis(4-chlorophenyl)thiophene) (Scheme 43)
  • Example 34 Synthesis of S057 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l ,2-diyl)bis(2-(4- tert-butylphenyl)-5-phenylthiophene) (Scheme 44)
  • Example 35 Synthesis of S059 - 3-(2-(2,5-bis(4-tert-butylphenyl)thiophen-3-yl)- 3,3,4,4,5,5-hexafluorocyclopent- 1 -enyl)-2-phenyl-5-(4-vinylphenyl)thiophene (Scheme 45)
  • Example 37 Synthesis of S063 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5-(4- bromophenyl)-2-(4-tert-butylphenyl)thiophene) (Scheme 47)
  • Example 38 Synthesis of S064 (l,l'-((4,4'-(perfiuorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)thiophene-4,2-diyl))bis(4, 1 -phenylene))diethanone) and S065 (( 1 -(4-(5-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-4-(2-(2-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-5-phenylthiophen-3-yl)- 3,3,4,4,5, 5-hexafluorocyclopent-l-enyl)thiophen-2-yl)phenyl)ethanone)) (Scheme 48)
  • Example 39 Synthesis of S066 - 2,2'-((4,4'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)thiophene-4,2-diyl))bis(4,l-phenylene))bis(2-methyl-l ,3- dioxolane) ((Scheme 49)
  • Example 40 Synthesis of S067 - 2,2'-((4,4'-(perfluorocyclopent-l -ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)thiophene-4,2-diyl))bis(4,l-phenylene))bis(propan-2-ol) (Scheme 50)
  • Example 41 Synthesis of S068 - 12,12*-((4,4'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5 -(4-(tert-butyl)pheny l)thiophene-4,2-diyl))bis(4, 1 -phenylene))bis( 12 -methyl - 2,5,8,1 1-tetraoxatridecane) (Scheme 51)
  • Example 42 Synthesis of S073 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5,5'- di-tert-butyl-2,2'-bithiophene) (Scheme 52)
  • Example 43 Synthesis of S074 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2,5- bis(4-cyanophenyl)thiophene) (Scheme 53)
  • Example 45 Synthesis of S083 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5- methoxy-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-benzofuran (Scheme 55)
  • Example 48 Synthesis of S088 - (E)-3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2- (4-methoxyphenyl)-5 -(4-((E)-styryl)phenyl)thiophene) (Scheme 58)
  • Example 49 Synthesis of S089 - 3,3 '-(perfluorocyclopent- 1-ene-l, 2-diyl)bis(2-(4- methoxyphenyl)-5-(4-((lE,3E)-4-phenylbuta-l,3-dien-l-yl)phenyl)thiophene) (Scheme 59)
  • Example 50 Synthesis of S090 - 4,4*-(((((4,4'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5-(4- methoxyphenyl)thiophene-4,2-diyl))bis(4, 1 -phenylene))bis(oxy))bis(ethane-2, 1 - diyl))bis(oxy))bis(N,N-bis(4-chlorophenyl)aniline) (Scheme 60)
  • (4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-methoxyphenyl)aniline (68): 4-methoxyaniline (66, 7.75 g, 62.9 mmol), l-chloro-4-iodobenzene (67, 33 g, 138 mmol), phenanthroline (0.419 g, 2.33 mmol) and copper (I) chloride (0.23 g, 2.33 mmol) were added to a 250 mL rbf and toluene (60 mL) was added. Potassium hydroxide (27.5 g, 491 mmol) was added, and the reaction was heated to reflux for 18 h.
  • the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 20 hours. After cooling to RT, the reaction mixture was poured into DCM (100 mL) and water (150 mL). The mixture was mixed well and the aqueous portion extracted with DCM (2 x 100 mL). The combined organics were washed with water (2 x 150 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting off-white solid was sonicated in MeOH (100 mL), filtered and air dried to afford an off-white powder which still contained some minor impurities by TLC. This material was allowed to stir in refluxing EtOH (150 mL) for 15 minutes, cooled slightly, filtered and air dried to afford 71 as an off- white powder ( 1.60 g, 70 %).
  • Example 52 Synthesis of S096 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l ,2-diyl)bis(2,5- bis(3-methoxyphenyl)thiophene) (Scheme 62)
  • Example 53 Synthesis of S097 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2,5- bis(3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)thiophene) (Scheme 63)
  • Example 54 Synthesis of S098 - 4,4'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5'- tert-butyl-5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2,2'-bithiophene) (Scheme 64)
  • Example 55 Synthesis of S103 (3,3*-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5-(4- bromophenyl)-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiophene)) and SI 16 (4-(4-(2-(5-(4-bromophenyl)-2-(4- methoxyphenyl)thiophen-3-yl)-3 ,3 ,4,4,5 ,5-hexafluorocyclopent- 1 -en- 1 -yl)-5-(4- methoxyphenyl)thiophen-2-yl)-N,N-bis(4-chlorophenyl)aniline) (Scheme 65)
  • Pd(dppf)Cl 2 (6.55 mg, 9.33 ⁇ , 0.023 eq.) was then added to the reaction mixture and the RBF was connected to a condenser, where the reaction was heated to 130 °C for 48 hours. The heat was stopped and the reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to RT. The mixture was vacuum filtered through silica to remove the insoluble inorganics/catalyst and washed with DCM. The solvents (Xylene and DCM) were then removed under vacuum to provide a yellow oil. The crude was deposited on silica then purified by chromatography column using a mixture of 5% DCM in hexanes.
  • Example 57 Synthesis of S108 - 4,4"-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5'- (tert-butyl)-5-(4-(2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)phenyl)-2",2"'-bithiophene (Scheme
  • Example 59 Synthesis of S109 - 4,4"-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5'- (tert-butyl)-5-(4-(2-(2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)phenyl)-2,2'-bithiophene) (Scheme 69)
  • SI 09 Synthesis of SI 09: SI 05 (70.0 g, 80 mmol), potassium carbonate (44.2 g, 320 mmol) and potassium iodide (2.7 g, 16.0 mmol) in acetonitrile (1.2 L) was combined with (103) (55.8 g, 168 mmol) and the reaction heated to reflux for 16 hours. After cooling to RT, the material was filtered through a pad of celite, the filtrate washed with EtOAc (500 mL) and the combined organics were concentrated to dryness by rotary evaporation.
  • the dried material was redissolved in DCM (500 mL) and dry-loaded onto silica gel, and purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash; 15 % hexanes to 40 % EtOAc/hexanes) to afford a dark green oil 70.0 g (78 %).
  • SI 10 was prepared on 2.45 mmol scale (39 % yield) according to protocol H3.
  • Example 61 Synthesis of Sill - 3,3'-(4,4 , -(4,4'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5'-tert-butyl-2,2'-bithiophene-5,4-diyl))bis(4,l-phenylene)bis(oxy))dipropan-l-ol (Scheme 71)
  • Example 62 Synthesis of S112 - 4,4'-((4,4"-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5'-(tert-butyl)-[2,2'-bithiophene]-5,4-diyl))bis(4, 1 -phenylene))dimorpholine (Scheme 72)
  • SI 12 was prepared on 1.38 mmol scale (13 % yield) according to protocol G.
  • Example 63 Synthesis of SI 13 and SI 15 (Scheme 73)
  • Carboxylic acid terminated poly(dimethylsiloxane) (15 g, ca. 10 mmol) was dissolved in dry DCM (100 mL) under nitrogen and a small drop of DMF was added. To the mixture was added oxalyl chloride (6 mL) in one portion. The mixture was stirred at RT for no more than 30 min. The solvent and excess reagent were removed under vacuum and residual traces of oxalyl chloride were removed with the aid of evaporation of 1,2-dichloroethane. The acid chloride product (84) was used immediately.
  • SI 11 (4.1 g, 4.47 mmol) was dissolved in dry DCM (150 mL) followed by the addition of triethylamine (1.2 g, 1.6 mL, 11.7 mmol), under argon.
  • Acid chloride end-functionalized PDMS (84) was then added dropwise in 1,2-dichloroethane (10 mmol) and the mixture was left to stir at RT overnight. The solvent was then removed under vacuum, the residue re-dissolved in diethyl ether-hexane (1 :1) and the mixture filtered through a plug of silica gel.
  • SI 18 In a 100 mL rbf equipped with a stirbar, SI 05 (0.99 g, 1.24 mmol) and imidazole (0.37 g, 5.44 mmol) were dissolved in DCM (50 mL).
  • Tris(OTMS)chlorosilane (1.7 mL) was added and an immediate white precipitate was observed.
  • the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at RT for 10 minutes, then poured into water (200 mL), mixed well and separated.
  • the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (50 mL) and the combined organics were washed with water (250 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation.
  • Example 66 Synthesis of S135 - 3',3""-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l ,2- diyl)bis(5,5"- bis(trimethylsilyl)-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene) (Scheme 76)
  • Lithium diisopropylamide was made by addition of BuLi (3.21 mL, 8.03 mmol) to a solution of diisopropylamine (1.158 mL, 8.21 mmol) in anhydrous THF (8 mL) at 0 °C and the solution stirred at this temperature for 30 min. The LDA solution was then added to a solution of S001 (1.22 g, 1.824 mmol) in THF (12 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min then cooled to -78 °C and chlorotrimethylsilane (1.389 mL, 10.94 mmol) added.
  • the reaction mixture was stirred with warming to RT over 2 h and stirred at RT for 18 h.
  • the reaction was quenched by addition of water (10 mL). Organics were extracted with diethyl ether (2 x 30 mL), washed with brine (10 mL), dried over MgSOzi, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes to yield the title compound as a yellow solid (1.0 g, 57 %).
  • Example 69 Synthesis of S139 - 5,5 * -(((4,4'*-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l ,2- diyl)bis(5'-(tert-butyl)-[2 ⁇ 2 m -bithiophene]-5",4-diyl))bis(4,lphenylene))bis(oxy))
  • Example 70 Synthesis of S140 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(6- methoxy-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)benzofuran) (Scheme 80)
  • Example 71 Synthesis of S141 - 5,5'-(4,4*-(4,4'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5'-tert-butyl-2,2'-bithiophene-5,4-diyl))bis(4, 1 -phenylene)bis(oxy))dipentanoic acid (Scheme 81)
  • Example 72 Synthesis of S143 - 3,3"'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5,5"- di-tert-butyl-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene) (Scheme 82)
  • reaction mixture was allowed to stir at -78 °C for 15 minutes, and then trimethyl borate (10.1 mL, 90 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of 5 minutes.
  • the reaction was allowed to stir at -78 °C for 2 hours, then warm to RT and stir for a further 1 hour.
  • the yellow reaction mixture was quenched by pouring it into a 10 % HC1 solution (250 mL).
  • the mixture was extracted with ether (2 x 100 mL) and the combined organic portions were washed with water (500 mL), dried over MgS0 4 , filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation.
  • the resulting yellow solid was washed with water, filtered and air dried to afford (109) (6.15 g, 97 %).
  • n-BuLi 2.5 M in hexanes, 1.5 mL, 3.82 mmol
  • octafluorocyclopentene (0.24 mL, 1.82 mmol) was added in one portion.
  • the reaction mixture warmed to -45 °C.
  • the reaction mixture was allowed to mix and slowly warm to 5 °C, and then was poured into water (300 mL) and mixed well, then acidified with 10 % HC1 (100 mL). The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL).
  • Example 73 Synthesis of S144 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(6- methoxy-2-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)benzofuran) (Scheme 83)
  • SI 44 was prepared on 1.3 mmol scale (19 % yield) according to protocol H3.
  • Example 76 Synthesis of S151 - 3,3*-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l ,2-diyl)bis(2-(4- (tert-butyl)phenyl)-6-methoxybenzofuran) (Scheme 86)
  • Example 77 Synthesis of S152 - 3,3 * -(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2-(5'- (tert-butyl)-[2,2'-bithiophen]-5-yl)-6-methoxybenzofuran) (Scheme 87)
  • Trimethyl borate (19.6 mL, 175 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of 10 minutes, and the resulting light yellow solution was stirred for 2 hours at -78 °C, then allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour.
  • the reaction was quenched by pouring it into 10 % HC1 (500 mL).
  • the organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase extracted with ether (250 mL).
  • the combined organics were washed with water (500 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation.
  • the resulting green solid was dried under vacuum to afford 15 g (96 % yield), which was used in the next step without further purification.
  • the reaction mixture was deoxygenated by bubbling argon through the solution for 1 hour. Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0) (2.17 g, 1.9 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 18 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was poured into water (500 mL), mixed well and separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with ether (250 mL) and the combined organics were washed with water (500 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting orange slurry was redissolved in DCM and deposited on silica.
  • Cesium carbonate (7.0 g, 21.5 mmol) and cesium fluoride (3.3 g, 21.5 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was deoxygenated by bubbling argon through it for 1 hour.
  • Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.16 g, 0.18 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 20 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered, poured into water (250 mL), mixed well and separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with ether (2 x 200 mL) and the combined organics were washed with water (500 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting brown solid was redissolved in DCM (250 mL) and deposited onto silica gel. Flash chromatography (combi-flash, hexanes) afforded a yellow, powdery solid, 1.53 g (58 %).
  • Example 81 Synthesis of S162 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2-(4- (tert-butyl)phenyl)benzofuran-6-ol) (Scheme 91)
  • Example 83 Synthesis of S163 - 7,7'-(perfluorocyclopent-l- diyl)bis(6-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-[ 1 ,3]dioxolo[4,5-f]benzofuran) (Scheme 93)
  • Example 84 Synthesis of S164 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2-(4- (tert-butyl)phenyl)-5,6-dimethoxybenzofuran) (Scheme 94)
  • SI 64 was prepared on 2.65 mmol scale (27.5 %) yield according to protocol H3. A side product (139) was also generated (see Scheme 96 for structure).
  • the difference in PSS as a function of light source type was investigated.
  • the light sources included direct sunlight (filtered through window glass) and interior lighting. Irradiance information and spectral profiles of light sources are provided in Table 9 and Figure 2, respectively.
  • Six compounds (2xl0 "4 M solutions of S096, S094, S079, S044, S042 and S035 in triglyme) were investigated and compared for performance on the basis of maximum difference in darkening ability between sunlight and interior lighting conditions. Darkening ability is indicated by the absorbance at ⁇ in the visible light spectrum for the ring-closed isomer of the chromophore.
  • samples were irradiated in the same lab described above but with the shutters open to allow sunlight to enter the lab. Distance between sample and window was 300 cm.
  • Samples were first irradiated with sunlight at a distance 20 cm from the window, which resulted in the darkest colouration of the samples. Samples were then moved away from the window (300 cm from window, with interior lighting on) to alter the light composition by reducing the sunlight component. This resulted in the fading of samples due to visible-light induced photochromism (samples were thermally stable at ambient temperature and did not alter coloration over a period of several hours wen protected from light sources) as shown in Figure 3.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Oxygen Or Sulfur (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Compounds Containing Sulfur Atoms (AREA)
  • Furan Compounds (AREA)
  • Polyoxymethylene Polymers And Polymers With Carbon-To-Carbon Bonds (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Electrochromic Elements, Electrophoresis, Or Variable Reflection Or Absorption Elements (AREA)

Abstract

A compound according to Formula IA and IB, reversibly convertible under photochromic and electrochromic conditions between a ring-open isomer A and a ring-closed isomer B is provided. For substitutent groups, Z is N, O or S; each R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, or halo; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, a polymer backbone, alkyl or aryl; or, when both R2 together form -CH=CH- and form part of a polymer backbone; each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkyl or aryl; each R4 is aryl; and each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkyl or aryl.

Description

PHOTOCHROMIC AND ELECTROCHROMIC DIARYLCYCLOPENTENE DERIVATIVES AS OPTICAL FILTERS
This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/541 ,841 filed September 30, 2011, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/675,460 filed July 25, 2012, both of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0001] The present invention relates to diarylethene compounds and uses thereof. More specifically, the compounds are reversibly convertible between ring-open and ring- closedisomers.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION [0002] Photochromic molecules are useful for a variety of research and commercial applications in fields ranging from sunglasses to memory storage devices. A myriad of configurations have been developed, seeking to obtain improvements in stability, control in switching, fatigue resistance, sensitivity and the like. Diarylethenes have found favour for several of these traits, and are the subject of continued investigation. A review by Irie (Proc. Jpn.Acad. Ser B 86:472-483, 2010) illustrates a range in stability, colour and the like of selected diarylethenes.
[0003] PCT Publication WO2004/015024 describes compounds that are both photochromic and electrochromic, and methods of making such compounds, and describes a mechanism of catalytic electrochromism. Briefly, a ring-closed form (isomer B) of a compound loses an electron under electrochemical conditions, forming a radical cation. A rapid ring-opening reaction occurs, providing the radical cation of isomer A, which oxidizes a neighbouring compound of isomer B, neutralizing the radical cation. This ring opening reaction may be initiated with a small charge, and perpetuates throughout the material, resulting in conversion of the ring-closed isomers to the ring-open isomers. PCT Publication WO2010/142019 describes variable transmittance optical filters comprising a material capable of transitioning between light and dark states in response to ultraviolet light and electric voltage, the material comprising a chromophore that has both electrochromic and photochromic properties.
[0004] Light transmission properties of such optical filters may be varied by selection of a photochromic-electrochromic diarylethene with greater or lesser light absorbance in the ring- open or ring-closed form. To provide for such variation, there is a need for molecules with improved photochromic, electrochromic or photochromic and electrochromic properties.
-l- SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0005] There is a need for photochromic and electrochromic compounds with photostationary states, or sensitivity index suitable for various applications. Such compounds may be useful as components of switchable, or dynamic, optical filters. The ability of a compound to absorb light in the visible spectrum may be illustrated by the photostationary state of the compound when exposed to full spectrum light. The problem of needing photochromic and electrochromic compounds that provide suitable light absorption in a visible-light absorbing state may be solved by synthesis of novel photochromic/electrochromic compounds demonstrating a suitable PSS, or a suitable sensitivity index.
[0006] The present disclosure relates to one or more compounds ("chromophores") reversibly convertible between isomers. Conversion between isomers may be light induced, or may occur under some oxidative conditions such as electrochemical conditions, or a combination thereof.
[0007] Inone aspect, there is provided a 1,2-diaryl cyclopentene compound reversibly convertible between Formula 1A (ring-open isomer) and Formula IB (ring-closed isomer) of Scheme 1 :
Figure imgf000003_0001
(IA) (IB) Scheme 1 wherein
Z may be N, O or S;
Each R\ may be independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo; Each R2 may be independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, a polymer backbone, alkyl or aryl; or, when both R2 together form -CH=CH- and form part of a polymer backbone;
Each R3 may be independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, C02Y, alkyl ,
alkoxy, carbonyl, thioalkyl, aryl,
Figure imgf000004_0001
and Y may be the group comprising H, a metal, alkyl, aryl, -(O-
CH2CH2)4-H,
Figure imgf000004_0002
Each R4 may be independently selected from the group consisting of aryl,
Figure imgf000004_0003
Figure imgf000004_0004
Each R5 may be independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, - CH=CH-, thioalkyl or aryl; and;
Each X may independently be N, O or S:
[0008] R4 may alternately be described as an "internal" group. R3 may alternately be described as an "external" group. [0009] Each of R^, R6b, R60 R7a> R-7b and R7c may be independently selected from a group comprising one or more of H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, carbonyl, siloxy, thioalkyl C02Y or aryl; and Y is as referenced herein, with the proviso that at least one of R6a, R^, R6C, and at least one of R7a, R7b and R7c are not H. The R6a and R7a position may alternately be referred to as the "5 position"; the R6b and R7b position may alternately be referred to as the "4 position"; the R6c and R7c position may alternately be referred to as the "3 position" of the ring; [0010] Each of R8a, R8b, R8c Rgd, Rge, R9a, Rgb, R9c, Rgd and R9e may be independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkyl, carbonyl, siloxy, aryl or C02Y, and Y is as referenced herein, with the proviso that at least one of R a, Rgb, Rgc Rsd, or R8e, and at least one of R9a, R b, R9c, d and R9e are not H The R8c and R9c positions may alternately be referred to as a 'para' position; the R b, R8d, R9b and R9d positions may alternately be referred to as a 'meta' position; the R a, Rse, R9a and R9e positions may alternately be referred to as an Ortho' position.
[001 1] In another aspect, R6a and R^, or R^ and R^ are each -CH=CH- and joined to form an unsaturated ring, [0012] In another aspect, R a and R7b, or R7b and R7c are each -CH=CH- and joined to form an unsaturated ring.
[0013] In another aspect, R8a and Rgb, or Rgb and R8c, or Rgc and Rgd, or Rgd and R8e are each -CH=CH- and joined to form an unsaturated ring,
[0014] In another aspect, R9a and R9b, or R9b and R9c> or R9c and R9d, or R9d and R9e are each -CH=CH- and joined to form an unsaturated ring.
[0015] In another aspect, R3 is Re- Rec and R4 is R7b R c , providing a compound reversibly convertible between Formula IIA (ring-open isomer) and Formula IIB (ring-closed isomer), and R6a and R7a are not methyl.
[0016] In another aspect, R3 is
Figure imgf000005_0001
, providing a compound reversibly convertible between Formula IIIA (ring-open isomer) and Formula IIIB (ring-closed isomer) and R8c and R9c are not all -O-CH3, or all -C(CH3)3 W
[0017] In another aspect, R3 is
Figure imgf000006_0001
, providing a compound reversibly convertible between Formula IVA (ring-open isomer) and Formula IVB (ring-closed isomer) and R6a is not methyl
[0018] In another aspect, R3 is
Figure imgf000006_0002
, and R4 is , providing a compound reversibly convertible between Formula VA (ring-open isomer) and Formula VB (ring-closed isomer) and R7a is not methyl.
afirst R4 group is
Figure imgf000006_0003
; and a second R3 group R3' is and a second R4
(R4')group
Figure imgf000006_0004
, providing a compound reversibly convertible between Formula VIA (ring-open isomer) and Formula VIB (ring-closed isomer) of Scheme 2: (VIA) (VIB)
Figure imgf000007_0001
[0020] In another aspect, a first R3 and a first R5 are each -CH=CH- and joined to form an
unsaturated ring, providing a group according to
Figure imgf000007_0002
compound reversibly convertible between Formula XA (ring-open isomer) and Formula XB (ring-closed isomer) of Scheme 3:
(XA) XB
Figure imgf000007_0003
Where Z is N, O or S; each is independently selected from the group consisting of H, or halo; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, a polymer backbone, alkyl or aryl; or, when both R2 together form -CH=CH- and form part of a polymer backbone;
Figure imgf000008_0001
each R4 is independently, aryl,
Figure imgf000008_0002
X is N, O or S;
R5 is independently selected from a group consisting of H, alkyl, alkoxy, -CH=CH-; each Rfo, R b, R6C is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, siloxy, thioalkyl or aryl; each R7a, R7b, R7c is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, siloxy, thioalkyl or aryl; each Rga, Rsb, Rgc Rsd, Rse is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, siloxy, thioalkyl or aryl; each R10a, Riob, Rioo R-iod, is independently H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, siloxy, thioalkyl or aryl, or any of Ri0a and R10b, or Riob and Rjoc, or Ri0c R10d are alkyl, or alkoxy, and joined to form a 5 or 6 or 7 membered ring.
[0021] In another aspect, R3 is
Figure imgf000008_0003
and i is , providing a compound reversibly convertible between Formula VIIIA (ring-open isomer) and Formula VIIIB (ring-closed isomer). [0022] In another aspect, R3 is
Figure imgf000009_0001
and R4 is , providing a compound reversibly convertible between Formula XIA (ring-open isomer) and Formula XIB (ring-closed isomer).
[0023] In another aspect, both R3 and both R5 are each -CH=CH- and joined to form an unsaturated ring, providing a compound reversibly convertible between Formula VIIA (ring- open isomer) and Formula VIIB (ring-closed isomer) of Scheme 4:
(VIIA) VIIB
Figure imgf000009_0002
[0024]
[0025] In another aspect, R9C may be an alkyl, alkoxy or siloxy group, selected from a group comprising an alkyl group comprising from one to 20 carbons. In another aspect, one or more of Rioa, Riob, Rioc, Riod may be an alkoxy or siloxy group, comprising from one to ten oxygen atoms and from one to 20 carbons. In another aspect, an Rjob and an R10c are each O, and joined with a -C¾- to form a 5 membered ring.
[0026] In another aspect, the compounds each comprise ring-open, or open, isomers (Isomer A) and ring-closed, or closed, isomers (Isomer B). These compounds may be reversibly convertible between open and closed forms under photochemical, oxidative, or photochemical and oxidative conditions. Oxidative conditions may be electrochemical conditions.
[0027] In another aspect, the compounds may be convertible from the ring-open isomer A to the ring-closed isomer B under photochemical conditions, and from the ring-closed isomer B to the ring-open isomer A under electrochemical conditions. [0028] In another aspect, the compounds may be convertible from the ring-open isomer A to the ring-closed isomer B under a first photochemical condition, and from the ring-closed isomer B to the ring-open isomer A under a second photochemical condition. The first photochemical condition may include light within the UV range. [0029] In another aspect, one or more of the compounds may be included in a composition comprising one or more compounds, and one or more formulation components.
[0030] As used herein, photochromic and photochemical both refer to conversion from one isoform to another when exposed to light. As used herein, electrochromic and electrochemical both refer to conversion from one isoform to another when exposed to a voltage.
[0031] For visual clarity in some Formula and structures, abbreviated substituent groups may be used in this text;
[0032]
Figure imgf000010_0001
same substituents equivalent, with groups R6a, R6b, R^c as described herein:
[0033]
Figure imgf000010_0002
and indicate the same substituents, with groups
R7a> R7b and R7c as described herein;
[0034]
Figure imgf000010_0003
with groups
R8a, Rgb, Rgc Red, R8e, as described herein;
Figure imgf000010_0004
indicate the same substituents, with groups R9a, R , R9c, R9d and R9e as described herein; [0035]
Figure imgf000011_0001
indicate the same substituents, with groups R10a, Riot,, Ri0c and R10d as described herein.
[0036] For compounds comprising two R3 or two R4 groups, both R3 or both R4 groups may be the same or they may be different. [0037] This summary does not necessarily describe all features. Other aspects, features and advantages will become apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art upon review of the following description of specific embodiments.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0038] Figure 1 shows the absorbance (Y axis) of S001 at various wavelengths of light (X axis, in nm) for two light sources - 365 nm and solar simulator (SS) in the presence or absence of a UV blocking film. Solid line - absorbance plot of S001 in a faded state ("faded" - solid line); A-D absorbance plots with light source, +/- UV blocking film - A: Solar simulator with UV blocking film; B: Solar simulator without UV blocking film; D: 365 nm light source without UV blocking film. [0039] Figure 2 shows a spectral profile for sunlight and interior halogen light sources. Spectra are plotted on separate y-axes and do not reflect relative intensities. The lighting conditions described in Table 9 reflect different weighted sums of the two light sources shown resulting in the tabulated light intensities. X-axis wavelength of light in nm; left side Y-axis - sunlight intensity (solid line); right side Y-axis - interior light intensity (dotted line). [0040] Figure 3 shows the absorptivity of selected compounds at PSS under interior lighting (A), combined interior and sunlight lighting (B), or sunlight (C). Y-axis shows the absorbance of ring-closed isomer at λ max. S096 (solid diamond), S094 (solid square), S079 (solid triangle), S044 (cross), S042 (star) and S035 (solid circle).
[0041] Figure 4 shows a change in absorption of a sample of S094 exposed to different lighting conditions: solid line -sunlight (max PSS); dashed line - sunlight + interior lighting (photofaded from max dark to intermediate state); dotted line - interior lighting (photofaded from max dark to lowest absorption state). X axis - elapsed time in seconds; Y-axis - absorbance.
[0042] Figure 5 provides a bar graph illustrating the PSS of selected compounds according to Formula IIA/IIB,in the ring-closed isoform (Formula IIB) when exposed to 365 nm light (open bar), or full spectrum light (QSU solar simulator) (solid bar). X-axis - compound reference numbers; Y-axis - absorbance.
[0043] Figure 6 provides a bar graph illustrating the PSS of selected compounds according to Formula IIIA/B, in the ring-closed isoform (Formula MB) when exposed to 365 nm light (open bar), or full spectrum light (solid bar). X-axis - compound reference numbers; Y-axis - absorbance.
[0044] Figure 7 provides a bar graph illustrating the PSS of selected compounds according to Formula IVA/B, in the ring-closed isoform (Formula IVB) when exposed to 365 nm light (open bar), or full spectrum light (solid bar). X-axis - compound reference numbers; Y-axis - absorbance. [0045] Figure 8 provides a bar graph illustrating the PSS of selected compounds according to Formula VIIA/B, in the ring-closed isoform (FormulaVIIB) when exposed to 365 nm light (open bar), or full spectrum light (solid bar). X-axis - compound reference numbers; Y-axis - absorbance.
DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION [0046] There is provided, in part, novel and/or improved compounds having both photochromic and electrochromic functionality ("chromophores", "hybrid compound", "P/E compounds"). Without wishing to be bound by theory, diarylethenes, such as dithienylethenes, having 'internal' aryl groups (R4 as illustrated in Formula I A and IB) exhibit both photochromic and electrochromic functionality, and may be useful components of optical filters that vary in light transmissibility in response to stimuli. Some combinations of substituent groups may provide for compounds with improved or advantageous properties, including photostationary state, solubility, synthetic methods, sensitivity index, or the like.
[0047] There is further provided, in part, compounds that are reversibly convertible between a ring open isomer (Isomer A), and a ring-closed isomer (Isomer B). As used herein, a numeral or alpha-numeric reference (with suffix 'Α') denotes the ring-open isomer of a compound, and a primed numeral or alpha-numeric reference (with suffix 'B') or a primed numeral or alpha-numeric reference denotes the ring-closed isomer of the same compound.
[0048] Compounds according to various embodiments may undergo catalytic electrochemical oxidation with application of a voltage and methods of switching, or operating, a switching material from a dark to a faded state may employ application of a catalytic amount of a voltage. A catalytic amount of a voltage may be positive or negative, and may be from about 0.1 to about 5 volts, or any amount or range therebetween.
[0049] A "switching material" is one that has both electrochromic and photochromic properties. A switching material may darken when exposed to ultraviolet (UV) light from a light source, and may lighten (fade, electrofade) when exposed to a voltage. In some embodiments, the switching material may fade upon exposure to selected wavelengths of visible (VIS) light ("photofade"), without sacrifice of the ability to be electrofaded when restored to a darkened state. [0050] As used herein, light transmittance may be described with reference to "Visible light transmittance" (VLT) or LTA (luminous transmittance, illuminant A, 2% observer). Light transmittance may be expressed with reference to a change in light transmission and/or a particular type of light or wavelength of light transmitted.
[0051] As used herein,"photostationary state" (PSS) refers an equilibrium state of of a compound or material where the rate of the ring closing (forward) reaction is equal to the rate of the ring-opening or fading (reverse) reaction, when irradiated with light in a given region of the spectrum; in other words, the ratio of ring-open isoform to ring-closed isoform is at an equilibrium. PSS may be expressed with reference to a light source, or with reference to a type of light - eg. QUV, Xenon-arc lamp, Q-SUN, natural or filtered sunlight, UV, VIS, IR, NIR, full spectrum, or the like, or with reference to a particular wavelength or range of wavelengths, or in the presence or absence of a filter. Some ring-open and ring-closed isomers may undergo isomerization from one to the other in response to different wavelengths of light - if a wavelength of light is used where only one of the isomers absorbs, irradiation results in complete isomerization to the other form. 254 nm, 313 nm or 365 nm light are commonly used in studies of UV-absorbing isomers, but this may not be representative of the PSS under other light conditions that include the visible spectrum such as natural or simulated sunlight ("full spectrum" light) and/or with filters that block a portion of the UV component of the light. For example, in a ring-closed (dark) state, the magnitude of the maximum absorbance in the visible range may change with the light source (Figure 1) - the wavelength at this peak in the visible range may be referred to as lambda max, or max. Line D shows the absorption profile for a compound when exposed to a 365 nm light source. When full spectrum light from a solar simulator (Xenon arc lamp) is used as a light source (Line B), a balance is achieved between the ring closed (dark) state induced by the UV component, and ring-open (faded) state induced by the visible component of the light. Inclusion of a UV blocking layer in the light path (Line A) may reduce the UV component of the light, and the ring-opening reaction induced by the visible light component becomes more prominent. Different compounds may demonstrate different responsiveness to the composition of incident light. Depending on the use of a compound, one with greater or less sensitivity to light composition may be useful. This equilibrium state may be represented by an absorbance value at a particular wavelength (lambda max), and may include reference to a light source. Where desired, the ratio of ring-open and ring-closed isoforms at a PSS may be quantified by 1H NMR spectroscopy.
[0052] As used herein, contrast ratio is a ratio of the light transmittance of a material in the dark state and the light state. For example, a material may allow transmission of about 10% of the visible light (10% VLT) in a dark state, and about 60% of the visible light (60% VLT) in a faded state, providing a contrast ratio of 6:1. According to various embodiments of the invention, a material may have a contast ratio of at least about 2 to about 20, or greater, or any amount or range therebetween, for example, about 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 ,9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20. In some embodiments, a compound with a darker PSS (greater absorbance at lambda max) may provide a greater contrast ratio.
[0053] Photostability (resistance to light-induced degradation) may be measured by the amount of time it takes for the compound, or a material comprising the compound to degrade to a certain point under light exposure. The light exposure may be constant, or cyclic. The light transmittance or absorbance of the compound, or material comprising the compound may be determined at both a light state and dark state prior to testing, to determine a contrast ratio. During testing, the contrast ratio may be monitored (periodically or continually); the compound or material may be determined to have failed when the contrast ratio falls outside, or below, a selected range, or when the contrast ratio decreases to a percentage of the original contrast ratio. Photostability also, may be expressed with reference to a light source or with reference to a type of light. [0054] As used herein "switching voltage" ("switching potential", "potential") refers to the electric potential required for a compound, or material, to achieve a faded state. Switching voltage may further refer to the relationship between voltage and time to switch. To assess the switching voltage of a material, the material may be first darkened by exposure to a light source, followed by passing an electric current through the material at a defined voltage or voltage range, and assessing the time until a clear state, or a desired increase in light transmissibility is achieved. Switching voltage may be expressed as a voltage or range of voltage (e.g. about 2.5 volts, about 2.2 volts, or below about 2 volts, or the like). In some embodiments of the invention, the compound or material has a switching potential of of about 0.5 volts to about 5 volts, or from about 1 volt to about 2.5 volts, or any amount or range therebetween.
[0055] As used herein "switching time" refers to the time necessary for a material to transition from a dark state to a clear state, or from a clear state to a dark state, or to alter light transmittance by a defined amount. [0056] "About" as used herein when referring to a measurable value such as an amount, a temporal duration, or the like, is meant to encompass variations of ±20% or ±10%, or ±5%, or ±1%, or ±0.1% or any amount therebetween from the specified value, as appropriate to perform the disclosed methods.
[0057] As used herein, "halogen" refers to F, CI, Br or I. The term "halo" is generic, and refers to any halogen moiety, for example fluoro- chloro-, bromo- or iodo-, or the like.
[0058] As used herein, "metal" as used herein refers to a transition metal, or an alkali metal such as Li, Na, K, or the like; or a metalloid such as B or Si, or the like.
[0059] As used herein, "alkyl" refers to any linear or branched, non-aromatic monocyclic or polycyclic, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group of 1 to 50 carbons, for example 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, or 45, or any amount therebetween. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, iso- butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, 1-pentyl, iso-pentyl, neo-pentyl, hexyl, cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane or the like. The alkyl group may have one or more saturated or unsaturated bonds. The alkyl group may contain only carbon and hydrogen atoms, or may further incorporate one or more heteroatoms such as Si, N, O or S as part of the alkyl group (a heteroalkyl group). Examples of cyclic heteroalkyl groups include aziridine, oxirane, thiirane, oxaziridine, dioxirane, azetidine, oxetane, thietane, diazetidine, dioxetane, dithietane, azirine, oxirene, thiirene, azete, oxete, thiete, dioxete, dithiete, pyrrolidine, oxolane, thiolane, borolane, silolane, dithiolane, dioxolane, oxazolidine, piperidine, oxane, thiane, piperazine, morpholine or the like. An alkyl group with an Si heteroatom may be described as a 'silyl' or 'silane' group. [0060] As used herein, "alkoxy" refers to any -O-R group, where R (and R' for an ether, below) may independently be H, alkyl, siloxy or aryl. Examples of alkoxy groups include those with from 1 to 50 carbon or silicon atoms in a linear or branched chain, for example methoxy or ethoxy, or longer alkyl groups. Other alkoxy groups include ethers (-R-O-R'-), alcohol (-OH) or alkoxide (-R-O-metal) or the like. An alkyl group comprising an alkoxy substituent group may be referred to as an 'alkylalkoxy' group. An alkyl group comprising an Si heteroatom, and an alkoxy, or a siloxy group may be referred to as an alkylsiloxy, or silylsiloxy group.
[0061] As used herein, "carbonyl" refers to any group comprising RRC=0, where R may be any group. Examples of carbonyl groups include aldehyde (-COH), ketone (COR'), ester (COOR), acyl (RR'C-O), carboxyl, thioester (COSR), primary amide (CON¾), secondary amide (CONHR'), tertiary amide (CONR'R") or the like.
[0062] As used herein, "siloxane" refers to an (R)2-Si-0-, where R may independently be H, alkyl, aryl, thioether or alkoxy. A siloxane may be branched or linear, substituted or unsubstituted, or comprise alternating Si and O atoms. [0063] As used herein, "thioether" refers to an -S-R group where R may independently be H, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy or the like.
[0064] R', R", R"' may be alkyl chains that contain between 1 and 50 non-hydrogen atoms such as C, N, O, S, Si, B or P that may be branched or unbranched, that may be acyclic or cyclic, and that may contain any permutation of heteroatomic substituents such as N, O, S, Si, B or halogen.
[0065] As used herein, "aryl" refers to a group or substituent derived from an aromatic ring compound where one or more hydrogen atoms are removed from the ring. An aryl group may alternately be referred to as an aromatic group. An aryl group may comprise a single atom species in the ring (e.g. all ring atoms may be carbon, such as in a phenyl ring - a 'carbocycle') or may comprise one or more heteroatoms in the ring - a "heteroaryl". An aryl group may be polycyclic. The carbocyclic, heterocyclic or polycyclic aryl group may comprise one or more substitutent groups (a substituted aryl) or be unsubstituted (an unsubstituted aryl). A carbocyclic aryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted phenyl or the like. A carbocyclic aryl group may be polycyclic.
[0066] A heterocyclic aryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, pyrazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, triazole, furazan, oxadiazole, thiadiazole, dithiazole, tetrazole, pyridine, pyran, thiopyran, diazine, oxazine, thiazine, dioxine, dithiine, triazine, tetrazine, or the like.
[0067] A polycyclic aryl group may be substituted or unsubstituted indole, isoindole, quinolone, isoquinoline, benzofuran, benzothiophene, acridine, dibenzothiophene, carbazole, dibenzofuran or the like. [0068] As used herein, alkyl, heteroalkyl, alkoxy, alkylalkoxy or aryl groups may further comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or more substituent groups. Substituent groups may be independently selected from the groups comprising:
(i) hydrogen or halogen;
(ii) alkyl or alkoxy; (iii) a derivative of group (ii) above in which one or more of the carbon atoms have been replaced with a heteroatom such as nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, boron, silicon or phosphorous;
(iv) a derivative of groups (ii), (iii), or (ii) and (iii) above in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced with a heteroatom such as nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, fluorine, chlorine or bromine;
(v) a monocyclic or bicyclic cycloalkyl group containing from one to fifteen carbon atoms, or the like;
(vi) a derivative of group (v) above in which one or more of the carbon atoms have been replaced with a heteroatom such as nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, boron, silicon or phosphorous;
(vi) a derivative of groups (v), (vi), or (v) and (vi) above in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced with a heteroatom such as nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, fluorine, chlorine or bromine;
(vii) an aryl group; (viii) a derivative of group (vii) above in which one or more of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced with a heteroatom such as nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, fluorine, chlorine or bromine;
(ix) a carbonyl group; (x) a nitrogen-based group such as cyano (-CN), primary amine (NH2), secondary amine (NHR'), tertiary amine (NR'R"), secondary amide (NHCOR), tertiary amide (NR'COR"), secondary carbamate (NHCOOR'), tertiary carbamate(NR'COOR"), urea or N- substituted urea (NR'CONR"Rm), secondary sulfonamide (NHS02R'), tertiary sulfonamide (NR'S02R"), wherein groups R', R", R"\ are defined supra; (xi) an oxygen-based group e.g alcohol -OH, ether (OR'), primary carbamate
(OCONH2) secondary carbamate (OCONHR), tertiary carbamate (OCONR'R"), wherein groups R1, R", etc., are defined supra.
(xii) a sulfur-based group such as -SH, thioether (SR'), sulfoxide (SOR'), sulfone (S02R'), primary sulfonamide (S02NH2), secondary sulfonamide (S02NHR'), tertiary sulfonamide (S02NR'R"), wherein groups R', R", R"' are defined supra.
[0069] In some aspects of the invention, R6a, R<,b, Rec, R7a, R7b, R7c Rsa, Rsb, Rsc, Rsd, Rse, R a, R b, R9c, R9d, R90 RiOa, Riob, ioc, Riod may independently comprise an electron- withdrawing group (EWG), electron-donating group (EDG) or bulky group. It should be understood that the term "electron-accepting group" can be used synonymously herein with "electron acceptor" and "electron- withdrawing group". In particular, an "electron- withdrawing group" ("EWG") or an "electron-accepting group" or an "electron-acceptor" refers to a functional group that draws electrons to itself more than a hydrogen atom would if it occupied the same position in a molecule. Examples of EWG include halo, electron-poor heteroaryl groups, electron-poor substituted aryl groups, -N02, -^R^ -SO3H, -CN, CF3, aldehyde, ester, carboxylic acid, carbonyl, carbonyl chloride, amide or the like. It should further be understood that the term "electron-donating group" can be used synonymously herein with "electron donor". In particular, an "electron-donating group" or an "electron-donor" refers to a functional group that donates electrons to a neighboring atom more than a hydrogen atom would if it occupied the same position in a molecule. Examples of EDG include -OH, OR, NH2, NHR, NR2, electron-rich heteroaryl groups, electron-rich substituted aryl groups, -O", amine, alcohol, ether, carbamate, or the like. [0070] A substituent group may comprise a siloxy or silyl component - for example silane, siloxy, alkylsiloxy, silanesiloxy, alkoxysilane, Formula XI, Formula XII, or the like - the substituent group may comprise:
Figure imgf000019_0001
Formula XII wherein n and m are independently any integer from 0 to 20, or any range therebetween, or 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20.
[0071] A "bulky" group may be an alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, silane, siloxy, alkylsiloxy, silanesiloxy, alkoxysilane, or a substituted alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, silane, siloxy, alkylsiloxy, silanesiloxy, alkoxysilane, the bulky substituent group comprising at least two atoms selected from the group comprising C, N, O, Si or S. In some embodiments, a bulky substituent group is a substituted or unsubstituted ethyl, propyl, butyl, tert-butyl or pentyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group. In some embodiments, a bulky substituent group is a substituted or unsubstituted formula XI or formula XII. In some embodiments, a bulky substituent group is an alkyl-substituted thiophene, or an alkyl- substituted phenyl, or an alkyl substituted benzothiophene or an alkyl substituted benzofuran.
[0072] Inclusion of a bulky substituent group may increase the, photostationary state, solubility, photostability or durability of a compound.As an illustrative example, and without wishing to be bound by theory, some positions of an internal or external thiophenyl ring may polymerize when subjected to oxidation conditions by application of a voltage. Inclusion of a bulky group at R6a or R7a (5-position), or R6b or R7b (4-position) of a thiophenyl ring may improve the durability of the compound when subjected to multiple cycles of electrooxidation. In some embodiments, a small (e.g. 1 or 2 carbon containing moieties such as methyl or ethyl) group in both 4 and 5 positions, or a larger bulky group (e.g. 3, 4, 5 or 6 carbon-containing moieties such as propyl, butyl (primary, secondary or tertiary), pentyl or hexyl in the 5 position may provide improved durability of the compound. [0073] Compounds according to various embodiments of the invention may include one more of the following:
[0074] Each R\ and R2 may be independently selected from a group comprising H or F.
[0075] R3 and R4 may each be independently selected from a group comprising one or
Figure imgf000020_0001
Figure imgf000021_0001
Figure imgf000022_0001
[0076] In some embodiments, the group from which R3 may be selected may further comprise one or more of H, CI, Br, F, CF3, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, tert-butyl, -CH2-CH2- , -CH=CH-, -OCH3, C02H, COCH3, C02Y, C(CH3)2OH, Si(CH2)3OCH3 , Si(CH3)3 , Si((CH2)3)CH3)3 C¾CH2OCH3, CH2CH2OH, [0077] Each R5 may be independently selected from a group comprising: H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, tert-butyl, thiophenyl, substituted thiophenyl, benzyl, substituted benzyl, - CH=CH-, -CH=CH-, -OCH3 , C02H.
[0078] R3 and R5 may each be -CH=CH- and fused to form a ring, or R3 and R5 may each be -CH2-CH2- and fused to form a ring;
[0079] Substituent groups of a substituted thiophene or substituted benzyl group may include -CN, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, tert-butyl;
[0080] R6a and R^b, or R^, and R6C, or R7a and R7b, or R7b and R7c may each be a) -CH=CH- and fused to form a ring; or b) -CH2-CH2- and fused to form a ring; or c) -0-CH2- and fused to form a ring;
[0081] One or more than one of:R6a, R6b, Rsci and/or R7a, R7b, R7C; and/or Rga, R8b, Rsc, Rsd, R8e; and/or R9a, R9b, R9c, R9d, Rge; and/or Ri0a, Ri0b, R10c, Riod may each independently be selected from a group comprising one or more of: H, CI, Br, F, -CF3, -CN, -N02, methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, saturated or unsaturated alkyl that is linear or branched with 5-12 carbons, -Si(Rn)3, thiophene, substituted thiophene, benzyl, substituted benzyl, -CH2-CH2-, -CH=CH-, -CH=CH2, -OCH3, -COH, -OH, -C02H, - COCH3, -CO2Y, -C(CH3)2OH, -Si(CH3)3, -CH2CH2OCH3, -CH2CH2OH, -N(CH3)2, - C02CH3, -OCH2OCH3, -SO2CH3, -OCH2C(CH3)3, -OCH2CH(CH3)2, -OC(CH3)3, - OCH=CH2, -0(CH2)4CN, -0(CH2)4OH, -0(CH2)3OH, -C(CH3)2OH, -OCH2)2OCH3,
Figure imgf000023_0001
Figure imgf000024_0001
Figure imgf000024_0002
[0082] In some embodiments, each R\ i of -Si(R] 1)3 may be independently selected from the group comprising R or -O-R, and wherein R is linear or branched, non-aromatic monocyclic or polycyclic, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group of 1 to 20 carbons. In some embodiments, each R may be a heteroalkyl group comprising one or more of O, S, N or Si, or each R may be a saturated or unsaturated alkyl that is linear or branched with 1-12 carbons, or each R may be a substituted or unsubstituted methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl or hexyl.
Figure imgf000024_0003
[0083] Exemplary compounds according to Formulae IA and IB include: S039, S053, S073, U130, U136, U142.
[0084] Exemplary compound accordin to Formulae IIA and IIB (compounds according
to Formula IA/IB where R3 is
Figure imgf000025_0001
include one or more of: S001, S003, S007, SOU, S012, S013, S019, S020, S024, S026, S027, S034, S036, S037, S038, S040, S047, S048, S106, SI 19, S124, S128, S135, S138, S143, S148, S149, S154, S158, S170, U008, U009, U010, U018, U021, U022, U023, U025, U028, U029, U030, U041, U100, U102, U117, U120, U125, U126, U127, U129, U131, U132, U133, U134, U156, U159, U160, U165, S170. [0085] Exemplary compounds according to Formulae IIIA and IIIB (compounds according
to Formula IA/IB where R3 is
Figure imgf000025_0002
or more of: S002, S006, S016, S017, S042, S043, S044, S050, S054, S056, S057, S059, S060, S063, S064, S065, S066, S067, S068, S074, S084, S085, S086, S087, S088, S089, S090, S091, S092, S094, S095, S096, S097, S103, SI 16, U031, U051, U058, U061, U062, U069, U070, U071, U072, U076, U077, U078, U080, U081, U093, U099, U101.
[0086] Exemplary compounds accord
according to Formula IA/IB where R3 is
Figure imgf000025_0003
) include one or more of: S052, S098, S104, S105, S108, S109, SI 10, Si l l, SI 12, SI 13, SI 15, S I 18, S 139, S141, U107, Ul 14, U122, U123. [0087] Exemplary compo nds according to Formulae VA and VB (compounds according
to Formula IA/IB where R3
Figure imgf000026_0001
include S049 IA and VIB (compounds according
nd a second R3 is
Figure imgf000026_0002
, and a first R4 is and a second R4 is
Figure imgf000026_0003
) include one or more of: S004, S005.
[0089] Exemplary compounds according to Formula VIIA and VIIB include one or more of: S014, S015, S079, S083, S137, S140, S144, S157, U082, U121, U142, S144, U145, U146, U147, U150, S151, S152, U153, S155, U157, S161, S162, S163, S164.
[0090] Exemplary compounds according and VIII B (compounds
according to Formula VII A/B where R4 is
Figure imgf000026_0004
include one or more of SO 14,
S015, S079, S083, S140,S157, U082, U121, S144, U142, U145, U146, U147, U150, S151, U153, S155, U157, S161 , S162, S163, S164, S191 and S193. [0091] Exemplary compounds according to Formulae IXA and IXB (compounds according
to Formula VIIA/B where R4 is R7b R7c ) include one or more of S 137, S 144,
S152.
[0092] Exemplary compounds according to Formulae XA and XB include one or more of S191 and S193.
[0093] Other exemplary compounds according to various embodiments of the invention include one or more of: S032, S035, S055, U045.
[0094] In some embodiments, compounds with an increased absorbance at a photostationary state (PSS) or a suitable, or increased contrast ratio, or an increased solubility may be an improvement. A compound with a greater absorbance in the visible range may be used in lesser quantities in a formulation or material to achieve a desired contrast ratio, whereas a compound with a lower absorbance at a PSS may need a higher concentration to achieve a desired contrast ratio. Absorbance at a PSS for selected compounds was measured at 2.0 x 10"5 M in triglyme in the absence (full) or presence (+UV) of a UV blocking film with a UV cutoff wavelength of 370 ran (10% transmission at 370 nm), using simulated sunlight (QSUN solar simulator) as a light source, or a 365 nm light source; these PSS are reported in Tables 1.5. All of the compounds demonstrated electroswitching. "Switch" refers to the ability (yes or no) of the compound to be reversibly converted under photochromic and electrochromic conditions between a ring-open isomer and ring-closed isomer.
[0095] In addition to an electrochromic ring-opening isomerization, compounds according to various embodiments of the invention also exhibit a photochromic ring-opening isomerization when exposed to visible light. A sensitivity index (SI) is a ratio of the PSS under 365 nm light to the PSS under full spectrum light (without UV blocking film). SI is an indicator of the sensitivity of the compound to the composition of the incident light (a change in the ratio of UV and visible components) - photochemical ring-opening is induced by a portion of the visible light spectrum. An SI of about 1 indicates that the rate of photoconversion to the ring-closed state is about equal with both light sources, whereas as the SI increases it is indicative of a greater sensitivity to the composition of the light source. [0096] Applications that may benefit from a higher rate of photoconversion to a ring- closed state may benefit from a compound having a higher PSS, while applications that may benefit from a low rate of photoconversion to a ring-closed state may benefit from a lower PSS. Applications that may benefit from a compound that is less responsive to the light composition may benefit from a compound having an SI closer to 1 , whereas applications that may benefit from a compound that exhibits a higher sensitivity to the composition of light may benefit from a compound with a higher SI.
[0097] Table 1 : Absorbance at PSS for selected chromophores according to Formulae IIA and IIB. Figure 5 provides a bar graph illustrating the PSS of Formula II compounds in the ring-closed isoform (Formula IIB) when exposed to 365 nm light (365 nm), or simulated sunlight.
Figure imgf000028_0001
[0098] Table 2: Absorbance at PSS for selected chromophores according to Formulae III A and IIIB . Figure 6 provides a bar graph illustrating the PSS of Formula III compounds in the ring-closed isoform (Formula IIIB) when exposed to 365 nm light (365 nm), or simulated sunlight. sensitivity compound λ max full + UV 365 nm Switch
index
S017 605 0.009 0.0025 0.049 Y 5.44
S002 612 0.0325 0.0095 0.116 Y 3.57
S006 610 0.038 0.013 0.141 Y 3.71
S096 609 0.045 0.014 0.183 Y 4.07
S044 605 0.062 0.027 0.222 Y 3.58
S067 615 0.068 0.03 0.182 Y 2.68
S074 620 0.069 0.024 0.189 Y 2.74
S056 610 0.071 0.026 0.194 Y 2.73
S097 611 0.073 0.029 0.206 Y 2.82
S075 670 0.079 0.031 0.302 Y 3.82
S057 610 0.079 0.033 0.204 Y 2.58
S084 625 0.09 0.051 0.23 Y 2.56
S042 612 0.097 0.04 0.233 Y 2.40
S066 615 0.099 0.049 0.226 Y 2.28
S054 630 0.106 0.056 0.268 Y 2.53
S060 615 0.107 0.038 0.22 Y 2.06
S090 624 0.107 0.058 0.183 Y 1.71
S087 628 0.109 0.055 0.209 Y 1.92
S068 615 0.111 0.051 0.239 Y 2.15
S086 610 0.115 0.071 0.231 Y 2.01
S089 656 0.137 0.126 0.564 Y 4.12
S065 625 0.138 0.054 0.281 Y 2.04
S095 625 0.16 0.086 0.279 Y 1.74
S085 640 0.161 0.08 0.187 Y 1.16
S092 627 0.162 0.093 0.307 Y 1.90
S091 629 0.164 0.095 0.287 Y 1.75
S094 625 0.179 0.103 0.311 Y 1.74
S088 656 0.202 0.132 0.457 Y 2.26
[0099] Table 3: Absorbance at PSS for selected chromophores according to Formula IVA and IVB. Figure 7 provides a bar graph illustrating the PSS of Formula IV compounds in the ring-closed isoform (Formula IVB) when exposed to 365 nm light (365 nm), or simulated sunlight. sensitivity compound λ max full + UV 365 nm Switch
index
S049 625 0.087 0.044 0.217 Y 2.49
S105 647 0.197 0.134 0.272 Y 1.38
S052 630 0.206 0.116 0.318 Y 1.54
S1 18 648 0.223 0.124 0.34 Y 1.52
S098 645 0.273 0.182 0.377 Y 1.38
S112 663 0.278 0.246 0.318 Y 1.14
S141 643 0.282 0.183 0.377 Y 1.34 Si l l 646 0.292 0.192 0.322 Y 1.10
S108 645 0.292 0.215 0.374 Y 1.28
S109 645 0.296 0.217 0.367 Y 1.24
S104 645 0.299 0.203 0.383 Y 1.28
S139 644 0.322 0.216 0.403 Y 1.25
S110 653 0.346 0.221 0.414 Y 1.20
S113 643 0.417 0.293 0.514 Y 1.23
S115 644 0.567 0.401 0.71 Y 1.25
[00100] Table 4: Absorbance at PSS for selected chromophores according to Formula VIIA and VIIB. Figure 8 provides a bar graph illustrating the PSS of Formula VII compounds in the ring-closed isoform (Formula VIIB) when exposed to 365 nm light (365 nm), or simulated sunlight.
Figure imgf000030_0001
[00101] Table 5: Absorbance at PSS for selected chromophores.
Figure imgf000030_0002
[00102] Absorbance at a PSS, or the wavelength of maximum absorbance may vary with the substituent groups. Table 6 sets out some observations on the effect of various components, structures and substituent groups on PSS. [00103] Table 6: PSS comparison of selected compounds. Relative impact of substituent groups on photostationary state is indicated with "^" (increase) and (decrease);— No data; N/A: Not applicable.
Figure imgf000031_0001
[00104] The effect of different subsitutent groups on PSS may be considered. Compare compounds of the same,or different formula; for example:
• "head" structures of S032, S035, S055 and/or S075;
• core structure of S014, S032, S035, S079 and/or S083; · peripheral rings - groups in the R3 and/or R4 position of S001, S002, S003, S038, S049, S052, S088, S104, S108, S109, S138 and/or S158;
• substituent groups of S001, S007, S003, S042, S057, SI 10, and/or S068;
• electron withdrawing groups (EWG) and electron donating groups (EDG) of S002, S003, S020, S026, S034, S036, S037, S054, S074, S085, S086, S087, S096, S097, S098, S12, SI 18, and/or SI 19;
• extended conjugation of S034, S037, S038, S088, S089 and/or SI 10;
• position and species of substituent groups of S054, S091 , S092, S094 and/or S095 ;
• substituent group size or length and composition of S098, SI 04, SI 05, SI 08, SI 09, Si l l, S113, S115, S138, S158, S170.
[00105] Other compounds described herein may be included in such comparisons of compounds and be instructive in selecting a compound according to various embodiments of the invention. Inclusion of some subsituent groups may increase or decrease PSS or solubility or a combination thereof. For example, inclusion of "bulky", EWG or EDG substituent groups may improve absorbance at a PSS for some compounds in a family. [00106] According to various embodiments of the invention, a compound according to Formula IIA/IIB, or IIIA/IIIB, or IVA/IVB, or VA/VB, or VIA/VIB, or VIIA/VIIB, or VIIIA/VIIIB, or XIA/XIB, or XA/XB may have an SI of about 1 to about 20, or any amount or range therebetween, for example, about 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or any amount or range therebetween; or about 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3.0, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8 or 3.9, or any amount or range therebetween.
[00107] According to various embodiments of the invention, a compound according to Formula IIA/IIB, or IIIA/IIIB, or IVA/IVb, or VA/VB, or VIA/VIB, or VIIA/VIIB, or VIIIA/VIIIB, or XIA/XIB, or XA/XB may have a PSS under 365 nm or full spectrum light (simulated sunlight) of about 0.05 to about 2 or any amount or range therebetween for example about 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3..1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9 or 2.0, or any amount or range therebetween. In some embodiments the compound may have a PSS under 365 nm or full spectrum light (simulated sunlight) of at least 0.05 to about 2 or any amount or range therebetween for example at least 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9 or 2.0, or any amount or range therebetween.
[00108] A compound with greater solubility allows for a formulation or material with a greater concentration of coloured molecule to be incorporated into a composition. This may allow for increasing the contrast ratio for a compound with a lesser absorbance at PSS. Inclusion of a solubilizing group in a compound according to various embodiments of the invention may increase solubility. Examples of solubilizing groups may include alkoxy or siloxy groups.
[00109] Table 7: Solubility for selected chromophores. Solubility = % wt soluble in indicated solvent. compound Solvent Solubility
S001 triglyme 5-6
S002 Triglyme 1-1.5
S003 Triglyme <3
S006 Triglyme 3
SOU Triglyme 3
S017 Triglyme 1
S020 Triglyme 3
S032 Triglyme 1
S039 Triglyme 2
S042 Triglyme 0.5
S044 Triglyme 1
S049 Triglyme 2
S052 Triglyme 1
S054 Triglyme 5-6
S057 Triglyme 1.5
S060 Triglyme 1
S066 Triglyme 2.5
S068 Triglyme >20
S075 Triglyme 1
S079 Triglyme 8-1 1
S096 Triglyme 15
S098 Triglyme 1.5
S108 Triglyme >25
S109 Triglyme >25 S128 Triglyme >25
S138 Triglyme >20
S158 Triglyme >20
Polymeric compositions
[00110] Compounds of the invention may be in a monomeric or polymeric form. In some embodiments, the polymeric form may be a homopolymer or heteropolymer; the polymeric form may be produced by a ring-opening methathesis polymerization (ROMP). Examples of ROMP conditions for polymer production with a photochromic moiety in a side chain or a main chain of the polymer are described for selected l,2-bis(3-thienyl)cyclopentene molecules in PCT Publications WO 02/06361 and WO2004/015024, respectively.
[00111] In some embodiments, where compounds according to any of Formulae I A and IB, IIA and IIB, IIIA and IIIB, IVA and IVB, VA and VB, VIA and VIB, VIIA and VIIB, VIIIA and VIIIB, XIA and XIB or XA and XB, where both R2 are -CH=CH- and joined to form a cyclic structure, a homopolymer or heteropolymer may be produced using the ROMP method and conditions described in PCT Publication WO2004/015024.
[001 12] In some embodiments, for compounds according to Formulae IA and IB where R3 is C02Y and R4 is aryl, a homopolymer or heteropolymer having photochromic and electrochromic properties maybe produced using the ROMP methods and conditions described in PCT Publication WO02/06361. In some embodiments, R\ and R2 may be F.
[00113] In some embodiments where compounds according to any of Formulae IIA and IIB, IVA and IVB, VIA and VIB, one of R6a-C is C02Y, and a homopolymer or heteropolymer having photochromic and electrochromic properties maybe produced using the ROMP methods and conditions described in PCT Publication WO02/06361. In some embodiments, Ri and R2 may be F. S048 is an example of a compound of the invention that may be incorporated into a polymeric composition according to some embodiments of the invention.
[00114] In some embodiments where compounds according to any of Formulae IIIA and IIIB, VA and VB, VIA and VIB, one of Rga-c is C02Y,and a homopolymer or heteropolymer having photochromic and electrochromic properties may be produced using the ROMP methods and conditions described in PCT Publication WO02/06361. In some embodiments, Ri and R2 may be F. [001 15] In some embodiments where compounds according to any of Formulae VIIA and VIIB, VIIIA and VIIIB, XIA and XIB or XA and XB, one of R10a-d and/or one of R6a-c is C02Y, and a homopolymer or heteropolymer having photochromic and electrochromic properties maybe produced using the ROMP methods and conditions described in PCT Publication WO02/06361. In some embodiments, Rj and R2 may be F.
Formulation and switching materials
[00116] The invention also relates to compositions comprising one or more compounds, and one or more formulation components. The invention also relates to compositions comprising one or more formulation components, in the absence of a compound. Examples of formulation components include a solvent and optionally a supporting electrolyte and a gelling agent. A formulation may further comprise one or more of a polymer, a polymer, a monomer, an initiator, a catalyst, an electrolyte, a charge compensator, anti-oxidant, a rheology modifier, a colourant (dye, non-switching chromophore), a UV blocking agent, or the like. Those skilled in the art will recognize that a formulation component may perform one or more than one function. For example, compounds comprising polymeric compositions, and the polymeric composition included in a material may provide a single formulation component that provides both a switching function, as well as a structural or rheological function.
[00117] A switching material may have a VLT or LTA of at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80% or at least about 90% when in a light state, or any amount or range therebetween, according to various aspects of the invention. Alternately, a switching material may have a VLT or LTA of less than about 50%, or less than about 40%» or less than about 30% orless than about 20% or less than about 10% when in a dark state, or any amount or range therebetween, according to various aspects of the invention. [00118] One or more compounds according to various embodiments of the invention may be present in a switching material in an amount (% weight) of about 0.05% to about 30%, or any amount or range therebetween, for example about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 , 12, 13 ,14 ,15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28 or 29%.
[00119] Suitable solvents include those with one or more of the following characteristics: boiling point of about 150°C or greater, vapour pressure of about 0.001 mmHg or less at 20°C, Yellowness Index (YI) of about 6 or less; a flash point of about 80°C or greater, a melting point of about 40°C or less. In some embodiments, the solvent does not have HCN or HC1 degradation products, or does not have -NH, urea or ketone functional groups. Examples of solvents include, but are not limited to triglyme, tetraglyme, propylene carbonate, ethylene carbonate, water, butyrolactone, cyclopentanone or a combination thereof.
[00120] Further examples of solvents include ethylene glycol phenyl ether; diethylene glycol monobutyl ether; diethyl succinate; dimethylglutarate;N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) ethyl myristate; mineral seal oil ; diethylene glycol n-butyl ether acetate; Eastman Cl l ketone; diisobutyl adipate; dihexyl azelate; diethyl maleate; diisooctyl azelate; triethylene glycol monobutyl ether (butoxytriglycol); diisooctyl dodecanedioate; 2-(2-ethylhexyloxy)ethanol; glyceryl triacetate; tetramethylene sulfoxide; dibutyl adipate; 3- dodecylheptamethyltrisiloxane; diethyl sebacate; dibutyl itaconate; 1,4-Butanediol; butyl sulfoxide; diethylene glycol; octyl octanoate; hexyl octanoate; diisodecyl adipate; diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate; 1,3/1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol (CHDM); 1-Decanol; 2- methylglutaronitrile; methyl palmitate; tri(propylene glycol) butyl ether, mixture of isomers (Dowanol™ TPnB); 1-Dodecanol; tetradecane; diethylene glycol hexyl ether; dioctyl ether; methyl stearate; hexyl hexanoate; butyl diglyme; triisopentylamine; Bis(2-ethylhexyl) sebacate; 1,5-dicyanopentane; diisobutyl fumarate; 2,2,4-trimethyl-1.3-pentanediol dibenzoate; poly(ethylene glycol) monolaurate; isooctyl tallate; poly(ethylene glycol) monooleate; hexaethyldisiloxane; poly(ethylene glycol) dioleate; triethylene glycol di-2-ethyl butyrate (TEG DEB); tributyrin (butanoic acid), 1,2,3-propanetriyl ester; tetramethylene sulfone (sulfolane); polyethylene glycol dimethyl ether m.w. -250 (PEG-DME 250); ethylene carbonate (EC); bis(2-ethylhexyl) adipate; tetraethylene glycol; hexadecamethylheptasiloxane; dioctyl terephthalate; Bis[2-(2-butoxyethoxy)ethyl] adipate (BBEEA); triethylene gylcol bis(2-ethylhexanoate) (TEG BEH); propylene carbonate (PC); triethylene glycol monomethyl ether (methoxytriglycol); triethylene glycol monoethyl ether (ethoxytriglycol); tetraglyme; 18-Crown 6-Ether; 1,3-dimethylimidazolidinone (DMI); poly(ethylene glycol) bis(2-ethylhexanoate); 1,5-pentanediol; di(ethylene glycol) dibenzoate; 2-ethylhexyl-(s)-lactate; tripropylene glycol; dipropylene glycol; 2,2,4-trimethyl-l,3- pentanediol monoisobutyrate; tri(propylene glycol) methyl ether, mixture of isomers (Dowanol™ TPM); di(propylene glycol) dibenzoate; dipropylene glycol n-butyl ether; diethyl azelate; poly(propylene glycol) dibenzoate; propylene glycol phenyl ether; poly(ethylene glycol) dibenzoate; 2-ethyl-l,3-hexanediol; or the like. [00121] One or more solvents may be present in a switching material in an amount from about 50% to about 95% (by weight), or any amount or range therebetween, for example 50, 60 ,70, 80 or 90%, or any amount or range therebetween.
[00122] In some embodiments of the invention, one or more polymers may be included in the compositions. Examples of such polymers include polyvinylbutyral (PVB) B-90, PVB- B72, poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA), nitrile rubber (NBR), polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP), polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), poly(dimethylsiloxane) (PDMS), poly(ethyl methacrylate) (PEMA), NBR, hydroxypropyl cellulose, PEG-DMA (poly(ethylene glycol) dimethacrylate), PHEMA (poly(2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate), Plexiglas™ G-UVT acrylic, polychloroprene, polybutadiene, PDMS-g-PEG (PEG-modified PDMS), PEO (polyethylene oxide), PEG- MEMA (PEG-methylether methacrylate), PPGMA (polypropylene glycol), EGDMA (ethylene glycol dimethacrylate), PVDC (polyvinylidene chloride), PVC (polychlorovinyl), PVDC-PVC, cyclo olefin copolymer (COC) (APEL™), carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), SOLEF™ 21520, SOLEF™ 21508, zein, polyisobytulene-600, poly(ethylene-co-methacrylic acid (EMAA, SURLYN™ 60), polyethylene-co-(ethylacrylate), ethylacrylate, poly(vinylidene chloride-co-vinyl chloride), polyisoprene, polybutene, poly(sodium 4-styrene sulfonate), HEMA (hydroxyethyl)methacrylate or combinations thereof, or copolymers thereof. The one or more polymers may be present in an amount from about 0.1% to about 10%) (by weight)or any amount or range therebetween, for example 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9%, or any amount or range therebetween. In some embodiments the one or more polymers may function as a rheology modifier.
[00123] Supporting electrolytes are generally electrically conductive, and may comprise alkali metal salts, tetralkylammonium salts or the like. Examples of such salts include TBABF4 (tetrabutylammonium tetrafluoroborate), TBAPF6 (tetrabutylammonium hexafluorophosphate), tetrabutylammonium perchlorate, lithium bis(trifluoromethane sulfonimide), triflate, LiBOB (lithium bis(oxatlato)borate), L1CIO4 (lithium perchlorate) or the like. The one or more salts may be present in an amount from about 0.1 % to about 10% (by weight) or any amount or range therebetween, for example 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9%.
[00124] In some embodiments of the invention, a charge compensator (charge-transfer complex or charge-transfer salt) may be included in one or more compositions. A charge compensator may be a cathodic material to aid in redox balance of an anodic chromophore. The charge compensator may be stable, or sufficiently stable in both reduced and oxidized forms. The charge compensator may be an organic semiconductor. Examples of charge compensators include Prussian Blue, ferrocenium tetrafluoroborate, ferrocenium hexafluorophosphate, tetracyanoquinodimethane, tetrafluoro-tetracyanoquinodimethane, 1,4- dicyanobenzene, 1,2,4,5 -tetracyanobenaene, pyrene, tetracene, pentacene or the like. The one or more charge compensators may be present in an amount from about 0.1% to about 10% (by weight) or any amount or range therebetween, for example 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9%.
[00125] Inclusion of a colourant in a composition according to various embodiments of the invention may achieve a desired colour and/or adjust the visible light transmission of the composition. A variety of colourants are known in the art, and selection of a colourant to achieve a desired colour, hue or transmissibility is within the ability of a skilled worker. Examples of colourants include one or more chromophores as described herein, Prussian blue, or the like. One or more colourants may be present in an amount from about 0.01% to about 10% (by weight) or any amount or range therebetween, for example 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9%. [00126] UV absorbers (compounds or compositions that absorb light and dissipate energy by thermal relaxation) may be included in a composition according to various embodiments of the invention. Examples of UV blocking agents include Biphenyl, 2-Hydroxybenzophenone, 2,2'-Dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2,4-Dihydroxybenzophenone, 2-(2-Hydroxy- 5-methylphenyl)benzotriazoie, Ethyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenylacrylate, 2-(2H-Benzotriazol-2- yl)-4,6-di-tert-pentylphenol, 2-(2H-Benzotriazol-2-yl)-4,6-bis( 1 -methyl- 1 -phenylethyl), Hostavin™ VSU (Nl-(2-ethoxyphenyl)-N2-(2-ethylphenyl)-ethanediamide) and the like. One or more UV absorbers may be present in an amount from about 0.01% to about 10% (by weight) or any amount or range therebetween, for example 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9%
[00127] UV stabilizers, such as HALS (hindered amine light scavengers may be included in a composition according to various embodiments of the invention. Examples of HALS include 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidine, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinol, 1,2,2,6,6- pentamethyl-4-piperidinol, 1, 5,8,12-Tetrakis[4,6-bis(N-butyl-N-l,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4- pieridylamino)-l,3,5-triazin-2-yl]-l,5,8,12-tetraazododecane, Bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4- piperidyl)sebacate, Bis(l-octyloxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, Chimassorb™ 944 (Poly[[6-[(l , 1 ,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)amino]-s-triazine-2,4-diyl]-[(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4- piperidyl)imino]-hexamethylene-[(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl)imino]]), HS-508 (Bis(l,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate; decanedioic acid bis(l,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl- 4-piperidinyl) ester or the like. One or more UV stabilizers may be present in an amount from about 0.01% to about 10% (by weight) or any amount or range therebetween, for example 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9%.
[00128] Uses [00129] Compounds, and compositions or switching materials according to various embodiments of the invention, may be useful in devices or applications where an optical filter is employed. The compounds or compositions may be used in films or coatings that may be applied to a surface such as glass, a lens or the like, and modify the light transmittance. Examples of such devices include opthalmic lenses, actinometers, molecular sensors, photochromic inks, paints or fibers, variable transmission filters, optical information storage systems, optoelectronic systems, reversible holographic systems, molecular switches such as those used in molecule-based wires and circuitry or the like.
[00130] In some embodiments, the switching material may be disposed upon a first substrate, or "sandwiched' between a first substrate and a second substrate, the switching material capable of transitioning between a light state and a dark state based on application of light in the UV and/or VIS range, and application nof an electric voltage. Switching material disposed upon a substrate, with or without a second substrate, may be generaly referred to an optical filter. The switching material may be a liquid, a gel, a solid, a semi-solid or a sol-gel, and may be formed in a layer with a thickness of about 0.1 micron (micrometer, μιη) to about 100 microns, or any amount or range therebetween, for example from about 10 microns to about 50 microns, or from about 0.1 micron to about 10 microns, or from about 0.5 micron to about 5 microns, or any amount or range therebetween. In some embodiments, the layer of switching material is of uniform, or substantially uniform, thickness. In some embodiments, the layer of switching material is of non-uniform thickness. [00131] The first and/or second substrates may be independently opaque or transparent, or substantially transparent. In some embodiments, when the switching material is disposed upon, or sandwiched between the substrate(s), it is optically clear (e.g. demonstrating a haze of less than about 5%, less than about 4%, less than about 3%, less than about 2% or less than about 1%. Haze may be measured using methods known in the art, for examley use of an XL-21 1 Hazemeter from BYK-Gardner, according to manufacturer's instructions.
[00132] In some embodiments, the first and/or second substrates may block (absorbe or reflect) selected ranges or wavelengths of light. In some embodiments the first and/or second substrates may be treated with, or have applied to them, a film or other material that blocks selected ranges or wavelengths of light. In some embodiments, the range or wavelength of light may be in the UV range. Examples of UV blocking films that may be applied include EnergyFilm™ (ArtScape) and EnerLogic™ (Solutia). [00133] In some embodiments, the optical filter may be disposed upon a pane of glass, or other transparent material suitable for use as a window, or incorporation into an insulated glazing unit (IGU), or a storm window or secondary glazing. Methods of making IGU, windows or the like, and affixing an optical filter to glass or other suitable material are described in, for example, WO2010/142019 as are methods of configuring an electrical system and/or control system for operation (electrofading) of an IGU comprising an optical filter.
[00134] In some embodiments, for a compound according to Formula IIA and IIB, where Ri and R2 are F, Z is S and X is S, at least one of R6 or R7 is not H or not methyl, or not alkyl.
[00135] In some embodiments, for a compound according to Formula IIA and IIB, where R\ and R2 are F, Z is S and X is S, at least one of R7 is not methyl.
[00136] In some embodiments, for a compound according to Formula III A and IIIB, where Ri and R2 are F and Z is S, at least one of Rsc or R9e is not butyl, or not tert-butyl or not alkyl or not methoxy.
[00137] In some embodiments, for a compound according to Formula IIIA and IIIB, where Ri and R2 are F and Z is S, at least one of R9 is CI or both R8 is CI.
[00138] In some embodiments, for a compound according to Formula IIIA and IIIB, where Ri and R2 are F, and Z is S, R9c is not butyl, or not tert-butyl.
[00139] In some embodiments, for a compound according to Formula IA and IB, where Ri
and R2 are F, Z is S and R4 is 'J , R3 is not
Figure imgf000040_0001
[00140] In some embodiments, for a compound according to Formula IA and IB, where Rj
Figure imgf000040_0002
and R2 are F, Z is S and R3 is W o orr , . RR4. i iss n noott [00141] In some embodiments, for a and R2 are F and Z is S, R3 and R4 are
Figure imgf000041_0001
[00142] In some embodiments, for a compound according to Formula VIIIA and VIIIB, where and R2 are F and Z is O and all of Rioa, Riob, R-ioc and Riod are H, R9 in the para position (specifically R a) is not an alkyl chain according to C4H9, C8Hi7 or Q2H25.
[00143] In some embodiments, the invention does not include one or more of S001, S002, S006 S042, S054, S068 or S079. In some embodiments, the invention does not include one or more of S003, S004, U008, S014 or S015, S033 or S075. [00144] For all diarylethenes disclosed herein, where a ring-open isomer is illustrated, it is understood how the ring-closed isomer may be prepared from it; where a ring-closed isomer is illustrated, it is understood how the ring-open isomer may be prepared from it.
[00145] The present invention also provides for an embodiment comprising any combination of embodiments or aspects as referenced herein. Any embodiment or aspect referenced in this specification may be implemented or combined with respect to any other embodiment, aspect, method, composition or use of the invention, and vice versa. Exemplary embodiments of the invention are illustrated, in part, by the following non-limiting methods and examples:
General Methods [00146] All solvents were dried prior to use; where necessary, solvents were degassed by bubbling with argon or nitrogen. Alternately, solvents were passed through a steel column containing activated alumina under nitrogen or argon using an MBRAUN solvent purification system. Solvents for NMR analysis (Cambridge Isotope Laboratories) were used as received. Column chromatography was performed using silica gel 60 (230-400 mesh) from Silicycle Inc. Octafluorocyclopentene was purchased from SynQuest and catalysts Pd(dppf)Cl2 and Pd(PPh3)4 were purchased from Strem. All other synthetic precursors, solvents and reagents were purchased from Aldrich, Anachemia or Caledon. Ή NMR characterizations were performed on a Bruker AMX 400 instrument working at 400.103 MHz. 13C NMR characterizations were performed on a Bruker AMX 400 instrument working at 100.610 MHz. Chemical shifts (δ) are reported in parts per million relative to tetramethylsilane (TMS) using the residual solvent peak as a reference standard. Coupling constants (J) are reported in Hertz. Standard lamps for visualizing TLC plates (Spectroline E-series, 470 were used to carry out the ring-closing reaction for a compound, using a 365 nm, a 313 nm or a 254 nm light source where appropriate. The compositions of all photostationary states were detected using 1H NMR spectroscopy. The ring-opening reactions were carried out using the light of a 150 W tungsten source that was passed through a 490 nm or a 434 nm cutoff filter to eliminate higher energy light.
[00147] Synthesis of ring-closed or ring-open isomer of compounds: Where a preparation of a ring-closed isomer is desired (as an isolated compound, e.g. for NMR studies, or some syntheses), the compound may bedissolved in CHC12 and placed in a quartz glass cell. The solution was irradiated at 365 nm for 10 minutes, or until no further change in absorbance is observed. Solvent was evaporated off under reducd pressure and the product purified using HPLC to afford the respective ring-closed isomer. Where a preparation of a ring-open isomer is desired (as an isolated compound, e.g for NMR studies, or some syntheses), the compound may be dissolved in CHC12 and placed in a quartz glass cell as described. The solution may be irradiated with visible light comprising a wavelength of -500 to 700 nm for 10 minutes, or until no futher change in absorbance is observed. Solvent may be evaporated off under reduced pressure and the roduct purified using HPLC to afford the respective ring-open isomer.
[00148] Photostationary State (PSS UV Vis spectra are obtained using an OceanOptics™ Spectrophotometer until absorption in the visible region of the spectrum stabilizes. A 2x 10" 5M solution of compound in solvent is prepared, and photofaded using visible light until absorption in the visible region of the spectrum stabilizes. The sample is then irradiated with simulated sunlight (QSUN SS-150 Solar Simulator with xenon arc lamp) until the absorption spectrum stabilizes. To obtain PSS in the presence of a UV blocking film, a second sample is prepared and irradiated as described, with a UV blocking film inserted in the light path when irradiating.
[00149] Electrochemical switching A 1 niM solution of compound in solvent (triglyme, acetonitrile or dichloroethane) with 1% wt electrolyte (TBAPF6 or TBAPF4) was prepared, placed in a capillary device (50 micron wide chamber of two panes of glass with ITO-coated interior walls, separated by a circumferential bead of sealant; one of the two panes comprising two fill ports), and exposed to 365 nm UV light source until a PSS is reached. A voltage is applied to the capillary device (from 0 to about 2, or from 0 to about 2.5 volts), and the solution inspected visually for colorimetric change to a faded state, indicating the chromophore exhibits electrochemical switching.
General Synthetic Methods;
[00150] General procedure for bi-functional Kumada coupling (Protocol A): A reaction flask was charged with magnesium turnings (2.4 eq.) and anhydrous diethyl ether and flushed with argon. A small amount of the bromothiophene was added to initiate the reaction, followed by the dropwise addition of balance of the bromothiophene (2 eq. total) as a solution in anhydrous diethyl ether at such a rate as to maintain a mild reflux. After the addition was complete, the reaction was refluxed for a further 30 minutes. The mixture was cooled to RT, and the liquid portion was transferred to an addition funnel and added dropwise to a solution of 2,3,5-tribromothiophene (1 eq.) and [l,l '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloropalladium (II) (Pd(dppf)Cl2) (0.4 mol %) in anhydrous diethyl ether. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at room temperature, then was poured over ice and quenched with 5% HC1. The organic portion was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. Flash chromatography afforded the product, which was sonicated in methanol, filtered and dried to give an off-white powder.
[00151] General procedure for mono-functional Kumada coupling (Protocol B): A reaction flask was charged with magnesium turnings (1.1 eq.) and anhydrous diethyl ether and flushed with argon. A small amount of the bromothiophene was added to initiate the reaction, followed by the dropwise addition of balance of the bromothiophene (1 eq. total) as a solution in anhydrous diethyl ether at such a rate as to maintain a mild reflux. After the addition was complete, the reaction was refluxed for a further 30 minutes. The mixture was cooled to RT, and the liquid portion was transferred to an addition funnel and added dropwise to a cooled (0 °C) solution of aryl bromide (1 eq.) and Pd(dppf)Cl2 (0.5 mol %) in anhydrous diethyl ether. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h, then warmed to room temperature and stirred for 16 h. The reaction was quenched by pouring it over ice and the mixture was acidified with 5% HC1. The organic portion was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with diethyl ether. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. Flash chromatography afforded the product. [00152] General procedure for bi-ftinctional Suzuki coupling (Protocol C); Sodium carbonate monohydrate (5 eq.) was dissolved in water and a solution of 2,3,5- tribromothiophene (1 eq.) and boronic acid (2.3 eq.) in THF was added. The reaction mixture was deoxygenated by bubbling argon through the solution for 60 minutes. Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (Pd(PPh3)4) (5 mol %) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 18 hours. After cooling to RT, the organic and aqueous phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organics were washed with water, dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. Flash chromatography (hexanes) afforded the desired compound. [00153] General procedure for mono-functional Suzuki coupling (Protocol D): Sodium carbonate monohydrate (3 eq.) was dissolved in water and a solution of aryl bromide (1 eq.) and aryl boronic acid (1.1 eq.) in THF was added. The reaction mixture was deoxygenated by bubbling argon through the solution for 60 minutes. (Pd(PPh3)4) (2 mol %) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 2 - 48 hours. After cooling to RT, the organic and aqueous phases were separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organics were washed with water, dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. Flash chromatography afforded the desired compound.
[00154] General procedure for Friedel-Crafts alkylation (Protocol E): Aluminum chloride (1.2-1.5 eq.) was added to a stirred solution of the aromatic compound (1.0 eq.) and either tert-butyl chloride or t-butyl bromide (1.5-4.0 eq.) in anhydrous DCM. The mixture was stirred for between 30 min and 60 h at room temperature, then poured into cold water, mixed well and separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with DCM and the combined organics were washed with water, dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. Flash chromatography afforded the desired compound. [00155] General procedure for NBS bromination (Protocol F): The aryl compound (1 eq.) was dissolved in dichloromethane (DCM) (protocol Fl), chloroform (protocol F2), tetrahydrofuran (THF) (protocol F3) or a mixture of DCM and THF (protocol F4). N- bromosuccinimide (1.1 eq.) was added and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 1-24 h. The reaction was quenched by pouring it into a 1 M NaOH solution, and the organic portion was separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with dichloromethane and the combined organics were washed with water, dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. Sonication of the residue in methanol, followed by filtration and drying afforded the desired compound.
[00156] General procedure for the synthesis of chromophores (Protocol GV. The aryl bromide (2.0 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous diethyl ether and solution was cooled to between -25 °C and -50 °C. n-Butyl lithium (2.5 M in hexanes, 2.2 eq.) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min. Octafluorocyclopentene (1.0 eq.) was added neat, and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir and warm slowly to room temperature overnight, then was quenched by the addition of 10 % HC1. The organic portion was separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with ether. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and the solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The crude material was purified by column chromatography and the resulting material was sonicated in methanol, filtered and air dried to afford the desired compound.
[00157] General procedure for the synthesis of chromophores (ether); Protocol H. The aryl bromide (2.0 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous diethyl ether (protocol HI), anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (protocol H2) or a mixture of anhydrous diethyl ether and anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (protocol H3) and the solution was cooled to between -25 °C and -50 °C. n- Butyl lithium (2.5 M in hexanes, 2.2 eq.) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min. A solution of octafluorocyclopentene (1.0 eq.) in the reaction solvent was added over a period of 20-30 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir and warm slowly to room temperature overnight, and quenched by the addition of 10 % HC1. The organic portion was separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with ether. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and the solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The crude material was purified by column chromatography and the resulting material was sonicated in methanol, filtered and dried to afford the desired compound. [00158] General procedure for olefin preparation (Protocol 1): To a substituted phenol (1 eq.) solution in DMSO (3.1 molar) was added sodium hydroxide (2 eq.). The mixture was stirred until most of solids were dissolved (an increase in the temperature was noted). The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to -40 °C and 1,1,2-trichloroethene (1.08 eq.) was added dropwise over (the temperature of the reaction mixture was controlled to not pass the 60 °C at maximum). At the end of addition the reaction temperature reached 60 °C, and then started to drop. The reaction was stirred and allowed to cool down for 1 h. The reaction mixture temperature was cooled to -30 °C and was poured onto ice. The mixture was transferred to a separation funnel and washed with hexanes several times until extraction of the entire product was achieved. The organic layer was then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and filtered through a plug of silica gel. Hexanes were removed to afford the pure product.
[00159] General procedure for benzofuran cyclization (Protocol J): Boronic acid (1.1 eq.), Pd2dba3 (1.2 mol %), (oxybis(2,l-phenylene))bis(diphenylphosphine) (5 mol %), cesium fluoride (3 eq.) and cesium carbonate (3 eq.) were placed into a three-neck round bottom flask, sealed with a septum and purged with argon for 20-30 minutes. A solution of the olefin (1 eq.) in 1,4-dioxane (0.35 molar) was added. The solution was vigorously stirred and brought to reflux for 48 hours. The reaction was cooled down to room temperature and partitioned between water and ether. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ether once more. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The pure product was obtained either after sonication in methanol or chromatography column.
[00160] General synthetic scheme for compounds according to Formula XA/B (Scheme 5), according to Protocols Kl, K2. Only the ring-open configuration is shown; Scheme 4 illustrates both Formula XA and XB. At least one of R3 and R3', or R4 and R4', or R5 and R5' are not identical.
Figure imgf000046_0001
[00161] General procedure for the synthesis of chromophores (Protocol Kl, K2): Kl : A first aryl bromide (150) (1.0 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous diethyl ether and solution was cooled to between -25 °C and -50 °C. n-Butyl lithium (2.5 M in hexanes, 1.1 eq.) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 min. Octafiuorocyclopentene (1.0 eq.) was added neat, and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir and warm slowly to room temperature overnight, then was quenched by the addition of 10 % HC1. The organic portion was separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with ether. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and the solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The crude material was purified by column chromatography and the resulting material was sonicated in methanol, filtered and air dried to afford intermediate (151). [00162] K2: A solution of a second aryl bromide (152) (1.0 eq.) was dissolved in anhydrous diethyl ether and solution was cooled to between -25 °C and -50 °C; n-Butyl lithium (2.5 M in hexanes 1.1 eq) was added and the reaction mixture stirred for 10-15 mnutes, and a solution of intermediate (151) (1.0 eq) in ether was added over 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 minutes, quenched with addition of 10% HC1. The organic portion was separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with ether. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgS04, filtered and the solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The crude material was purified by column chromatography and the resulting material was sonicated in methanol, filtered and air dried to afford the desired compound..
[00163] Examples of compounds according to various embodiments of the invention are referenced and set out herein. For clarity, only ring-open isomers are illustrated - ring-closed isomers may be produced by methods and schemes described herein and will be readily apparent upon consideration of the present specification, and are included in the instant disclosure as if each were individually set out herein.
Example 1: Synthesis of S003 - 3',3""-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5,5"-di-tert- butyl-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene) (Scheme 1 1)
Figure imgf000048_0001
[00164] Synthesis of 3'-bromo-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene (1): (1) was prepared on 83 mmol scale (83 % yield) according to protocol A. [00165] Synthesis of 3'-bromo-5.5"-di-tert-butyl-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene (2): (2) was prepared on 38.8 mmol scale (97 % yield) according to protocol E.
Synthesis of S003: compound (2) S003 was prepared on 7 mmol scale (37 % yield) according to protocol G. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 6.85 (d, J-3.7, 2H),6.70 (d, J=3.7, 2H), 6.45 (q, J=3.7, 4H), 6.38 (s, 2H), 1.39 (s, 18H), 1.20 (s, 18H). Example 2: Synthesis of S005 - 3'-(2-(2,5-diphenylthiophen-3-yl)-3,3,4,4,5,5- hexafluorocyclopent-1 -en-1 -yl)-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene (Scheme 12)
Figure imgf000048_0002
[00166] Synthesis of S005. A solution of Compound (1) (0.39 g, 1.19 mmol) in anhydrous ether (50 mL) at -20 °C was treated with n-BuLi (0.50 mL, 1.23 mmol, 2.5 M solution in hexanes) dropwise over 10 minutes, then was stirred for an additional 20 minutes before the addition of a solution of compound (7) (0.34 g, 0.79 mmol) in anhydrous ether (50 mL) via cannula. The reaction mixture stirred for 16 hours and during this time gradually warmed to 10 °C. The reaction was quenched with the addition of 5% HC1 (aq) (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with brine (30 mL) dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated onto silica gel. Purification by flash column chromatography (95:5 hexanes/chloroform) followed by sonication of the solid product in a mixture of ether and ethanol yielded 90 mg (17 % yield) of S005. Ή NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.45 - 7.43 (m, 2H), 7.39 (t, J = 7.6, 2H), 7.32 (t, J = 7.3, 1H), 7.25 (dd, J = 4.7, 1.5, 1H), 7.17 - 7.12 (m, 3H), 7.09 (dd, J = 5.1, 1.2, 1H), 7.03 - 7.00 (m, 4H), 6.78 (dd, J = 5.1, 3.5, 1H), 6.70 (dd, J = 3.5, 1.2, 1H), 6.57 (s, 1H), 6.07 (s, 1H).
Example 3: Synthesis of S006 - 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-(2-(2,5-diphenylthiophen-3-yl 3,3,4,4,5,5-hexafluorocyclopent-l-en-l-yl)-2-phenylthiophene (Scheme 13)
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000050_0001
S006
[00167] Synthesis of 3 -bromo-2.5 -diphenylthiophene (4s): (4) was prepared on 67 mmol scale (77 % yield) according to protocol C.
[00168] Synthesis of 2,3-dibromo-5-(4-chlorophenyl thiophene (5): (5) was prepared on 19.7 mmol scale (23 % yield) according to protocol C.
[00169] Synthesis of 3-bromo-5-(4-chlorophenyl -2-phenylthiophene (6): (6) was prepared on 32.1 mmol scale (78 % yield) according to protocol C.
[00170] Synthesis of 3-(perfluorocyclopent-l-en-l-ylV2,5-diphenylthiophene (7): In a flame-dried, 2L, 3-neck, rbf fitted with an argon inlet and internal thermometer, 3-bromo-2,5- diphenylthiophene (21.0 g, 66.6 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (300 mL) and anhydrous ether (400 mL) was added. The solution was cooled to -43 °C (dry ice/acetone) and n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexanes, 32.0 mL, 80 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of 10 minutes. A yellow colour was observed. The temperature increased to -40 °C and the reaction mixture was stirred for 15 minutes. A white precipitate was observed. Octafluorocyclopentene (10.7 mL, 80 mmol) was added in one portion, and the temperature increased to -24 °C. The temperature gradually decreased to -38 °C and the reaction mixture was stirred until the temperature reached -5 °C (3 hours). The reaction was quenched by the addition of 10% HC1 (15 mL) and the mixture was poured into water (300 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase extracted with EtOAc (150 mL). The combined organics were washed with water (2 x 500 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting brown slurry was sonicated with MeOH (50 mL) and filtered to afford a yellow powder (2.30 g). The filtrate was redissolved in DCM and dry- loaded onto silica gel. Flash chromatography (hexanes) afforded (7) as a clear, colourless oil, 20.7 g (73 %). [00171] Synthesis of S006: In a flame dried, 1L, 3 -neck, rbf equipped with a stirbar and an argon inlet, (6) (10.67 g, 30.5 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (150 mL) and anhydrous diethyl ether (250 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was cooled to -40 °C and n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexanes, 15.3 mL) was added dropwise over a period of 10 minutes. The resulting yellow solution was allowed to stir for 10 minutes. A solution of (7) (13.07 g, 30.5 mmol) in anhydrous THF (100 mL) was added via cannula over a period of 5 minutes. The temperature of the reaction increased to -28 °C and slowly cooled back down to -40 °C. The reaction was allowed to stir until the internal temperature reached -12 °C. The reaction was quenched by the addition of 10 % HC1 (15 mL) and was poured into water (200 mL) and mixed well. The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with EtOAc (250 mL). The combined organics were washed with water (500 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. Flash chromatography Silica gel, (hexanes to 2% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded a yellow, powdery solid, two fractions: Fl : 5.57 g (26.9 %) and F2: 6.08 g (29.3 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.38 - 7.28 (m, 9H), 7.10 - 7.07 (m, 6H), 7.02 - 6.97 (m, 4H), 6.28 (s, 1H), 6.25 (s, 1H). [00172] Example 4: Synthesis of S007 - 3',3""-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5,5"- dimethyl-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene) (Scheme 14)
Figure imgf000052_0001
[00173] Synthesis of S007: S007 was prepared on 3.6 mmol scale (51 % yield) according to protocol G. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.86 (d, J- 3.5 Hz, 2H), 6.65 (dd, J= 3.5, 1.1 Hz, 2H), 6.46 (dt, J= 3.5, 2.3 Hz, 4H), 6.33 (s, 2H), 2.49 (d, J= 0.7 Hz, 6H), 2.20 (d, J= 0.7 Hz, 6H).
Example 5:Synthesis of SOU - 3*,3""-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(4,4",5,5"- tetramethyl-2,2,:5',2"-terthiophene (Scheme 15)
Figure imgf000052_0002
[00174] Synthesis of 5-bromo-2,3-dimethylthiophene (8): To a solution of 2,3- dimethylthiophene (21.68 g, 192 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (20 mL) was added N- bromosuccinimide (NBS) (34.39 g, 192 mg) over 5 minutes (the temperature increased to 50 °C). The reaction was complete (TLC: hexanes) after 10 minutes then poured over ice. Once cooled, the organics were extracted with DCM and the combined fractions were washed with 1M NaOH, water and brine. The resulting solution was dried with MgS04, concentrated under vacuum to yield a light orange oil. Flash chromatography afforded 8 (19.07 g, 52 %). 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.72 (s, 1H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H).
[00175] Synthesis of 3'-bromo-4,4",5,5"-tetramethyl-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene (9): (9) was prepared on 3.9 mmol scale (30 % yield) according to protocol A. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.09 (s, 1H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 3H).
[00176] Synthesis of SOU : SOU was prepared on 0.27 mmol scale (20 % yield) according to protocol H2. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 6 6.74 (s, 2H), 6.34 (s, 4H), 2.34 (s, 6H), 2.11 (s, 6H), 2.08 (s, 6H), 1.85 (s, 6H). [00177] Example 6: Synthesis of S012 - methyl 4,-(2-([2,2':5*,2"-terthiophen]-3'-yl)- 3,3,4,4,5,5-hexafluorocyclopent-l-en-l-yl)-[2,2':5',2"-terthiophene]-5-carboxylate (Scheme 16)
Figure imgf000053_0001
[00178] To a 100 mL round bottom flask was added S047 (32 mg, 0.055 mmol), toluene (20 mL), MeOH (5 mL) and concentrated H2S04 (0.2 mL). The flask was fitted with a Dean Stark trap and the mixture was heated to reflux for 18 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture was diluted with water (20mL) and extracted with DCM (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with brine, dried with MgS04 and concentrated onto silica gel. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (9:1 hexanes/EtOAc) to yield 19 mg of S012. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.70 (d, J - 3.9, 1H), 7.28 - 7.25 (m, 1H), 7.18 (dd, J - 5.1, 1.2, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 5.1, 1.2, 1H), 7.07 (dd, J = 3.6, 1.1, 1H), 7.05 - 7.01 (m, 2H), 6.84 - 6.81 (m, 2H), 6.73 (dd, J = 3.6, 1.2, lH), 6.71 (dd, J = 3.5, 1.2, 1H), 6.46 (s, 1H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H). [00179] Example 7: Synthesis of S013 - 2-(2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethyl 4'-(2- ([2,2,:5 2,'-terthiophen]-3'-yl)-3,3,4,4,5,5-hexafluorocyclopent-l-en-l-yl)-[2,2':5',2',- terthiophene]-5-carboxylate (Scheme 17)
Figure imgf000054_0001
[00180] To a 50 mL round bottom flask was added S047 (28 mg, 0.039 mmol), triethylene glycol monoethyl ether (50 mg, 0.08 mmol), DCC (17 mg, 0.08 mmol), DMAP (10 mg, 0.08 mmol) and DCM (15 mL). The reaction mixture stirred under Ar for 42 hours. The reaction mixture was then filtered by gravity, diluted with water (lOmL) and extracted with DCM (2x10 mL). The combined organic fraction were washed with brine (10 mL), dried over MgS04 and concentrated onto silica gel. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography to yield 13 mg of S013. Ή NMR (600 MHz, CD2C12) δ 7.72 (d, J - 3.9, 1H), 7.30 (dd, J = 5.1, 1.2, 1H), 7.22 (dd, J = 5.1, 1.2, 1H), 7.20 (dd, J = 5.1, 1.3, 1H), 7.1 1 (dd, J = 3.6, 1.2, 1H), 7.08 (d, J = 3.9, 1H), 7.06 - 7.03 (m, 1H), 6.85 - 6.81 (m, 2H), 6.77 - 6.74 (m, 1H), 6.74 - 6.71 (m, 1H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 6.41 (s, 1H), 4.47 - 4.42 (m, 2H), 3.83 - 3.78 (m, 2H), 3.70 - 3.66 (m, 2H), 3.65 - 3.62 (m, 2H), 3.62 - 3.58 (m, 2H), 3.56 - 3.52 (m, 2H), 3.48 (q, J = 7.0, 2H), 1.17 (t, J = 7.0, 3H).
[00181] Example 8: Synthesis of S014 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2- phenylbenzo[b]thiophene) (Scheme 18)
Figure imgf000055_0001
S014
[00182] Synthesis of 2,3-dibromobenzo[b]thiophene (10): A solution of 18 g (134 mmol) of benzo[b]thiophene in 200 mL of chloroform was stirred and to this mixture was added 42.9 g (13.7 mL, 268 mmol) of bromine in 100 mL of chloroform dropwise at RT over 1.5 h. After stirring for 18 h, solid NaHC03 was added to neutralize the hydrobromic acid. The organic layer was washed with water and Na2S208 and dried (MgS04). On evaporation of the solvent solid was obtained which was crystallized from methanol to give 38.8 g (99%) of 2,3- dibromobenzo[b]thiophene.
[00183] Synthesis of 3-bromo-2-phenylbenzo[b]thiophene (11): (1 1) was prepared on 31 mmol scale (77 % yield) yield according to protocol D.
[00184] Synthesis of SO 14: SO 14 was prepared on 0.72 mmol scale (15 % yield according to protocol H2. Ή NMR (600 MHz, CD2C12) δ 7.65 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.23 - 7.17 (m, 1H), 7.04 - 6.96 (m, 2H), 6.91 - 6.83 (m, 4H), 6.81 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H).
[00185] Example 9: Synthesis of S017 - 4,4'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(3- methyl-2,5-diphenylthiophene) (Scheme 19)
Figure imgf000056_0001
[00186] Synthesis of 3-bromo-4-methyl-2,5-diphenylthiophene (12 : (12) was prepared on 8.1 mmol scale (68 % yield) according to protocol C. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.71 - 7.68 (m, 2H), 7.50 - 7.43 (m, 6H), 7.41 - 7.36 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H).
[00187] Synthesis of SO 17: SO 17 was prepared on 0.25 mmol scale (17 % yield) according to protocol G. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.47 - 7.41 (m, 4H), 7.39 - 7.34 (m, 6H), 7.19 - 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.15 - 7.10 (m, 4H), 7.10 - 7.06 (m, 4H), 1.14 (s, 3H), 1.13 (s, 3H).
[00188] Example 10: Synthesis of S019 - 3',3m'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5,5"-dibromo-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene) (Scheme 20)
Figure imgf000056_0002
S019
Synthesis of SO 19: To a solution of SOOl (2.0 g, 3 mmol) (US 7,777,055) in DCM (50 mL) and acetic acid (50 mL) was added a solution of bromine (0.61 mL, 12 mmol) in acetic acid (30 mL) drop- wise over 30 minutes (reaction progress monitored by TLC - hexanes/DCM 9:1). The reaction was stirred for 16 hours then filtered. Traces of acetic acid were removed under high vacuum. The resulting yellow solid was triturated with cold diethyl ether, filtered and dried, yielding S019 (2.24 g, 76%) as a bright yellow solid. Ή NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.99 (d, J = 3.9 Hz, 2H), 6.89 (d, J = 3.8 Hz, 2H), 6.78 (d, J = 3.8 Hz, 2H), 6.44 (s, 2H), 6.42 (d, J- 3.8 Hz, 2H). [00189] Example 11: Synthesis of S020 - 3',3,m-(perfiuorocyclopent-l- diyl)bis(5,5"-dimethoxy-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene) (Scheme 21)
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000057_0002
[00190] Synthesis of 3,-bromo-5,5"-dimethoxy-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene (13): A mixture of 2- methoxythiophene (5.00 g, 43 mmol), potassium acetate (2.58 g, 26.3 mmol), tetrabutylammonium bromide (2.82 g, 8.76 mmol), palladium(II)acetate (0.10 g, 0.87 mmol), and 2,3,5-tribromothiophene (1.26 g, 3.93 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) was heated to 80 °C for two hours. Once the reaction was complete (TLC: 10% EtOAc in hexanes), it was cooled and the organics were extracted with DCM. Combined fractions were washed with 1 M NaOH, water, then brine. The resulting solution was dried with MgS04, concentrated under vacuum to afford a dark oil. Flash chromatography afforded 13 (0.88 g, 69 %) as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.02 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.79 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.18 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.12 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H).
[00191] Synthesis of S020: S020 was prepared on 1.88 mmol scale (38 % yield) according to protocol H2. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.71 (d, J= 3.9 Hz, 2H), 6.38 (s, 2H), 6.31 (d, J = 3.9 Hz, 2H), 6.12 (d, J = 3.9 Hz, 2H), 5.90 (d, J= 3.9 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (s, 6H), 3.68 (s, 6H). 13C NMR (151 MHz, CDC13) δ 167.92, 166.14, 137.41, 135.73, 124.53, 124.28, 122.93, 122.35, 121.93, 1 19.04, 104.61, 104.51, 60.55, 60.04, 29.92. [00192] Example 12: Synthesis of S024 - 3',3""-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- di l)bis(([2,2':5',2"-terthiophene]-5,5"-dicarboxylic acid) (Scheme 22)
Figure imgf000058_0001
[00193] In a flame-dried 250 mL rbf, diisopropylamine (3.0 mL, 21.7 mmol) was added to anhydrous THF (30 mL), and cooled to 0 °C. n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexanes, 7.9 mL, 19.7 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of 5 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 0 °C for 30 minutes and then added dropwise to a solution of S001 (3.00 g, 4.49 mmol) in anhydrous THF (30 mL) at 0 °C. Upon addition, an immediate red colour was observed, and over time a brown precipitate formed. The brown slurry was allowed to stir at 0 °C for 90 minutes, then was cooled to -78 0 and quenched by bubbling C02 through the solution for 2 hours. The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture allowed to slowly warm to RT while bubbling was continued overnight. The reaction was quenched by the addition of methanol (20 mL), and the mixture was poured into water (200 mL) and extracted with a mixture of THF/EtOAc (1 :1, 2 x 100 mL). The combined organics were washed with water (200 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation to afford a yellow/green, flaky solid, 3.17 g (84%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) 5 7.65 (d, J = 3.9 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J= 3.9 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J= 3.9 Hz, 2H), 6.86 (d, J= 3.8 Hz, 2H), 6.70 (s, 2H).
[00194] Example 13: Synthesis of S026 - 3',3""-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5,5,,-dichloro-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene) (Scheme 23)
Figure imgf000058_0002
[00195] Synthesis of 3,-bromo-5,5, ,-dichloro-2.2,:5,2"-terthiophene (14 : (14) was prepared on 9.2 mmol scale (54 % yield) according to protocol A. Ή NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.15 (d, J = 4.0, 1H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 6.94 (d, J = 3.9, 1H), 6.90 (d, J - 4.0, 1H), 6.86 (d, J = 3.9, 1H). [00196] Synthesis of S026: S026 was prepared on 0.074 mmol scale (6 % yield) according to protocol G. Ή NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.89 (d, J = 3.9, 2H), 6.86 (d, J = 3.9, 2H), 6.65 (d, J = 3.8, 2H), 6.47 - 6.44 (m, 4H).
Example 14: Synthesis of S027 - 3',3""-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5-methyl- 2,2':5',2"-terthiophene) (Scheme 24)
Figure imgf000059_0001
S027
[00197] Synthesis of 3-bromo-5'-methyl-2,2'-bithiophene (15): (15) was prepared on 98 mmol scale (94 % yield) according to protocol B. Ή NMR (CDC13, 600 MHz) δ 7.22 (d, J = 3 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J= 5 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J= 5 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J= 3 Hz, 1H). 2.52 (s, 3H). [00198] Synthesis of 3,5-dibromo-5'-methyl-2,2'-bithiophene (16): N-Bromosuccinimide (15.55 g, 87 mmol) was added portionwise to stirred solution of 3-bromo-5'-methyl-2,2'- bithiophene (20.56 g, 79 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (200 mL) containing acetic anhydride (25 mL) at RT. The mixture was stirred and monitored by TLC. After completion (1.5 h) the reaction was diluted with water (200 mL) and the oily phase was taken into ether and separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with ether. The combined organic phases were washed with 1 M NaOH solution followed by water. Removal of the solvent left a solidifying oil, which was sonicated in methanol yielding after filtration and drying 3,5-dibromo-5'- methyl-2,2'-bithiophene as off-white solid (single spot on TLC). Yield: 20.6 g (77%). 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD2C12) ppm 7.13 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 6.74-6.72 (m, 1H), 2.48- 2.47 (m, 3H)
[00199] Synthesis of 3'-bromo-5-methyl-2,2':5'.2"-terthiophene (17): (17) was prepared on 36 mmol scale (91 % yield) according to protocol B.
[00200] Synthesis of S027: S027 was prepared on 3.76 mmol scale (8 % yield) according to protocol G. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 7.30-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.18 (dd, J = 5.1 , 1.1 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (dd, 7 = 3.6, 1.1 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (dd, J = 5.1, 3.6 Hz, 2H), 6.85 (dd, J = 5.1, 3.6 Hz, 2H), 6.74 (dd, J = 3.6, 1.1 Hz, 2H), 6.40 (s, 2H).
[00201] Example 15: Synthesis of S032 - 2,2',2",5,5"-pentaphenyl-4,4,:5',4"-terthiazole (Scheme 25)
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000061_0002
[00202] Synthesis of 5-bromo-2-phenylthiazole (18): Chloroacetic acid (43.7 g, 463 mmol) was ground in a mortar and pestle and added to thiobenzamide (63.5 g, 463 mmol) in a 1L beaker. The two solids were stirred manually and heated to 100°C in an oil bath. At a bath temperature of about 75°C, the mixture melted and an exothermic reaction ensued. The internal reaction temperature reached 115°C. The mixture was rigorously stirred at this temperature for 10 minutes. During this time the melt turned black and a gas was evolved (steam and HCL perhaps). The mixture was then cooled to room temperature and acetone (100 mL) was added. The viscous melt was carefully stirred up in acetone to produce a yellow suspension that was filtered and re-suspended in H20 (500 mL). The suspension was extracted with Et20 (4x 400 mL). The ether fractions were combined and washed with brine, dried over MgS04 and concentrated to give a pale yellow solid (36.0 g). The crude product (35.9 g, 202.6 mmol) was used as-is, and transferred to a 1L rbf; to this was added Bi^NBr (78.17 g, 242.5 mmol) followed by P205 (69.0 g, 486.24 g) and toluene (500 mL). The mixture was heated at 100°C for 18 hours and cooled to room temperature. The top layer was decanted off and fresh toluene (300 mL) was added and the mixture again heated to 100 °C for 5 hours. The mixture was cooled, to room temperature and the top layer decanted. Another 300 mL of toluene was added to the mixture, heated at 100 °C in an oil bath for 20 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the top layer was decanted off. The combined toluene layers were vacuum-filtered to remove precipitates and the filtrate washed with brine (4x 200 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated onto Silica gel and purified by column (1 :1 hexanes/CHCl3). Two sets of fractions were collected (24.5 g and 3.0 g), both are the product but the later fraction had a strong yellow brown colouration. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.95 - 7.90 (m, 2H), 7.47 - 7.42 (m, 3H), 7.21 (s, 1H).
[00203] Synthesis of 4,5-dibromo-2-phenylthiazole (19): Compound 18 (5.0 g, 21 mmol) was dissolved in CHC13 (250 mL). Br2 (16.7 g, 105 mmol) was dissolved in CHC13 (50 mL) and added to the solution of 18 via addition funnel over 10 minutes. The reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 5.5 hours; then was transferred to a 1 L separatory funnel and washed with Na2S203 (3x 100 mL) followed by brine (2 x 150 mL). The organic fractions were dried over MgS04 and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column (2:1 hexanes/CHCl3). 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.85 (d, J = 7.3, 2H), 7.50 - 7.40 (m, 3H).
[00204] Synthesis of 2,2',2"-triphenyl-4,4':5 4"-terthiazole (20): Compound 23 (2.0 g, 8.33 mmol) was weighed into a 250 mL rbf and dissolved in ether (100 mL). The thiazole was fully soluble at room temperature but precipitated out at -78 °C. The mixture was warmed back to room temperature to re-dissolve Compound 2 and then cooled to -25°C. rc-BuLi (3.5 mL, 8.75 mmol, 2.5 M solution in hexanes) was added dropwise over 15 minutes and allowed to stir for an additional 30 minutes. The lithiation was determined to be complete by TLC (1 :1 hexane/CHCl3). The reaction was cooled to -50°C and B(OBu)3 was added all in one portion. The solid precipitate dissolved within 5-10 minutes (monitored by TLC - only a baseline spot was observed). The reaction mixture was concentrated and re-dissolved in THF (50 mL). Compound 19 (1.3 g, 4.2 mmol) was dissolved into the mixture, 20% Na2C03 (aq) (50 mL) was added and the mixture de-oxygenated by bubbling Ar through for 30 minutes. Pd(PPh3)4 (0.30 g, 0.25 mmol) was added and the mixture refluxed for 16 hours (overnight). After cooling to room temperature the layers were separated and the aqueous fraction extracted with EtOAc (2x 50 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with brine, dried over MgS04, and concentrated onto Silica gel. The crude product (210 mg) was purified by column (1 : 1 hexanes/CHCl3). The photochromic product was used immediately in the next step without characterization.
[00205] Synthesis of 5,5"-dibromo-2,2',2"-triphenyl-4,4':5'.4"-terthiazole (21): Compound 4 (220 mg, 0.46 mmol) was dissolved in CHC13 (100 mL). Br2 (0.3 g, 1.9 mmol) was dissolved in CHC13 (20 mL) and added to the reaction mixture dropwise over 30 minutes. The bromine colour did not immediately dissipate when added to the starting material solution. The reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 15 hours, and washed with of 5% Na2S203 (aq) (50 mL), followed by brine (50 mL) and dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated. The crude mixture (260 mg) was used in the next step without further purification or characterization.
[00206] Synthesis of S032: Phenyl boronic acid (0.18 g, 1.5 mmol) was added to a 250 mL rbf containing of 20 % Na2C03 (50 g) and 50 mL THF. The mixture was de-oxygenated by bubbling Ar through for 30 minutes. The deoxygenated mixture was transferred via cannula to a second 250 mL rbf containing Compound 4 (0.29 g, 0.46 mmol). Pd(PPh3)4 (20 mg) was added, and refluxed under Ar gas for 6 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the layers were separated and the aqueous extracted with EtOAc (2 x 30 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with brine, dried over MgS04 and concentrated. The crude product (160 mg) was purified by column (9:1 hexanes EtOAc) followed by trituration from methanol. Ή NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.02 - 7.95 (m, 2H), 7.82 - 7.75 (m, 4H), 7.47 - 7.36 (m, 9H), 7.15 - 7.09 (m, 8H), 7.08 - 7.03 (m, 1H), 7.02 - 6.98 (m, 1H).
[00207] Example 16: Synthesis of S034 - 3',3 -(perfluorocyclopent-l -ene-1,2- diyl)bis(5,5"'-dimethyl-2,2':5',2":5",2m-quaterthiophene) (Scheme 26)
Figure imgf000063_0001
[00208] Synthesis of 3',3""-(perfruorocvclopent- 1 -ene- 1 ,2-divnbis(5"-bromo-5-methyl- 2,2':5',2"-terthiophene) (22): To a solution of S027 (1.9 g; 2.76 mmol) in the mixture of acetic acid (20 mL) and DCM (20 mL) was added at stirring bromine (0.93 g; 5.8 mmol) as a solution in acetic acid (7.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at RT for lh then poured into 1 M NaOH solution and extracted with DCM. Organic phase was washed with 1 M NaOH and water, separated and concentrated under vacuum. Flash chromatography (hexanes/DCM 9:1) afforded 22 (2.3 g, 98% yield).
Synthesis of S034: S034 was prepared on 0.35 mmol scale (55 % yield) according to protocol C. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.97 (d, J = 3.8 Hz, 2H), 6.82 (d, J = 4.0 Hz, 2H), 6.50 - 6.48 (m, 4H), 6.36 (s, 2H), 2.25 - 2.23 (m, 6H).
[00209] Example 17: Synthesis of S035 - 4,4'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2,5- diphenylthiazole) (Scheme 27)
Figure imgf000064_0001
S035 [00210] Synthesis of 4-bromo-2,5-diphenylthiazole (23): (23) was prepared on 6.2 mmol scale (98 % yield) according to protocol D. Ή NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.99 - 7.93 (m, 2H), 7.73 - 7.68 (m, 2H), 7.50 - 7.40 (m, 6H).
[00211] Synthesis of S035: S035 was prepared on 0.26 mmol scale (17.6 % yield) according to protocol G. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.73 - 7.67 (m, 4H), 7.46 - 7.39 (m, 6H), 7.14 - 7.08 (m, 4H), 7.08 - 7.04 (m, 4H), 7.01 - 6.95 (m, 2H)
[00212] Example 18: Synthesis of S036 (Scheme 28)
Figure imgf000065_0001
S036
[00213] Synthesis of 5-methyl-2.3-dihvdrothienor3.4-bin.41dioxine (241: 2,2,6,6- Tetramethylpiperidine (HTMP, 8.20 g, 58.0 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF (100 mL) in a septum sealed 250 mL rbf that had previously been flushed with argon. The mixture was cooled in a dry ice/acetone bath for 20 min; tert-BuLi (35.0 mL of a 1.7 M solution in pentane, 59.5 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 45 min, forming a precipitate. 3,4-Ethylenedioxythiophene (EDOT) (7.82 g; 55 mmol) was added by syringe, and the mixture was stirred for 45 min to clarify. Iodomethane (12.5 g, 88.0 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe, and the mixture was stirred for 30 min, after which the cooling bath was removed and the mixture stirred overnight. HC1 (2 M, 80 mL) was added to quench the reaction. The mixture was swamped with diethyl ether (120 mL) and washed with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (80 mL) and saturated NaCl solution (80 mL). The organic phase was dried over anhydrous MgS04, filtered through a plug of silica gel and evaporated providing 8.35 g (97 % yield) of methylated product. The product was kept in ether/hexanes solution; to use in synthesis, 100 g of DMF was loaded into 500 mL rbf and the ether/hexane solution of (24) was added to the DMF and evaporated under vacuum. The DMF solution is clear and colourless and was used in the coupling reaction. [00214] Synthesis of 5.5'-(3-bromothiophene-2.5-divnbis(5-methyl-2.3-dihvdrothienor3,4- b][l,4]dioxine (25): To a stirred solution of 3,4-ethylenedioxy-5-methylthiophene (7.5 g, 48 mmol) in DMF (100 g) in argon flushed flask was added 2,3,5-tribromothiophene (7.3 g, 22.7 mmol), potassium acetate (8.9 g, 90 mmol), tetrabutylammonium bromide (14.7 g, 45.5 mmol), and palladium acetate (1.0 g, 4.55 mmol). The mixture was heated to 80 °C with stirring and the reaction was monitored by TLC. After 1.5 h the reaction was cooled and EtOAc (200 mL) and water (200 mL) were added. After separation, the organic layer was evaporated to dryness and the black tarry residue was loaded on silica gel. The product was isolated by flash chromatography using hexanes/EtOAc gradient (10 to 30% EtOAc) to give target product as an orange solid (4.23 g, 8.97 mmol, 39% yield). Ή NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.01 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.33 - 4.29 (m, 4H), 4.23 (m, 4H), 2.27 (d, J - 3.3 Hz, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H).
[00215] Synthesis of S036: S036 was prepared on 1.73 mmol scale (42 % yield) according to protocol H3. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.69 (s, 2H), 4.33 - 4.28 (m, 4H), 4.25 - 4.21 (m, 4H), 4.16 - 4.09 (m, 8H), 2.25 (s, 6H), 1.89 (s, 6H).
[00216] Example 19: Synthesis of S037 - 4",4 -(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-1,2- diyl)bis(([2,2':5',2":5",2m-quaterthiophene]-5-carbonitrile)) (Scheme 29)
Figure imgf000066_0001
[00217] Synthesis of S037: S037 was prepared on 0.27 mmol scale (54 % yield) according to protocol C. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.56 (d, J = 3.9 Hz, 2H), 7.22 - 7.18 (m, 4H), 7.16 (d, J = 3.8 Hz, 2H), 7.02 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 2H), 6.87 - 6.84 (m, 2H), 6.74 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 2H), 6.40 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 2H).
[00218] Example 20: Synthesis of S038 - (E)-4',4""-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5-((E)-styryl)-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene) (Scheme 30)
Figure imgf000067_0001
[00219] Synthesis of 4',4""-(perfluorocvclopent-l -ene-1.2-divnbis((r2.2':5'.2"-terthiophene1- 5-carbaldehvde)) (26): A solution of SOOl (1.12 mmol, 0.75 g) and DMF (3.36 mmol, 0.25 g) in dry dichloroethane (10 mL) was purged with argon and cooled to 0 °C. Phosphoryl chloride (2.47 mmol, 0.38 g) was slowly added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at 0 °C. The temperature was raised to 20 °C for 16 h. Excess of DMF and POCl3 (4 equiv.) was added and the reaction was continued for 6 days at RT. Yellow solid gradually precipitated and the spot of starting SOOl was consumed (TLC). The mixture was poured into a potassium acetate solution (20 mL, 1 M) and vigorously stirred for 1 h at RT. The green mixture was extracted with DCM and the combined organic layers were dried over MgS04. The solvents were removed and two products were isolated by flash chromatography (hexanes) as yellow crystals. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ ppm 9.90 (s, 2H), 7.68 (d, J=3.9, 2H), 7.20 (dt, J=5.0, 1.5, 2H), 7.14 (d, J=3.9, 2H), 6.85 (dd, J=5.1, 3.6, 2H), 6.75 (dd, J=5.1, 3.6, 1.2, 2H), 6.53 (s, 2H).
[00220] Synthesis of S038: A mixture of benzyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (0.72 g, 1.66 mmol) and 26 (0.40 g, 0.55 mmol) was dispersed in anhydrous THF (30 mL) and stirred at RT under argon atmosphere for 15 min. A solution of potassium tert-butoxide (0.25 g, 2.23 mmol) in anhydrous THF (8 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 45 min. Then water was added, followed by extraction with DCM (50 mL x 3). The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Solvents were removed by rotary evaporation, followed by column chromatography (Silica gel; hexanes/DCM (9:1)), to yield a yellow solid (0.245 g; 51% yield) of the target product. More of product (0.082 g) was isolated in a separate fraction. Overall yield 68%. Additional purification by means of crystallization was done using diethyl ether. Orange crystals were obtained after filtration and drying. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.49 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 4H), 7.38 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 4H), 7.28 (dd, J= 12.3, 5.0 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (dd, J = 10.0, 7.5 Hz, 4H), 7.00 - 6.91 (m, 6H), 6.86 (dd, J = 5.0, 3.6 Hz, 2H), 6.73 (dd, J = 3.6, 0.9 Hz, 2H), 6.39 (s, 2H).
[00221] Example 21: Synthesis of S039 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(4,4',5,5'-tetramethyl-2,2'-bithiophene) (Scheme 31)
Figure imgf000068_0001
[00222] Synthesis of 4-bromo-4',5,5,-trimethyl-2,2'-bithiophene (27s): n-BuLi (2.5M in hexane) (10 mL, 25 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 4,5-dibromo-4',5'-dimethyl- 2,2'-bithiophene (3.37 g, 9.57 mmol) in 100 mL of THF at -78 °C. After 90 minutes upon addition, excess iodomethane (3.6 g, 25 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe, and the mixture was stirred for 30 min, then warmed to RT and stirred for another 3 hours. Solvents were evaporated and the residue was poured into water. The mixture was extracted with hexanes, dried over MgS04, and the solvent was evaporated to give off-yellow solid (2.71 g, 9.43 mmol, 99% yield) of 4-bromo-4',5,5'-trimethyl-2,2*-bithiophene. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.82 - 6.76 (m, 1H), 2.37 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.1 1 (s, 3H) [00223] Synthesis of 4,4',5,5'-tetramethyl-2,2'-bithiophene (28): n-BuLi (2.5M in hexane) (5 mL, 12.5 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 4-bromo-4',5,5'-trimethyl-2,2'- bithiophene (2.71 g, 9.43 mmol) in 100 mL of diethyl ether at -78 °C. After 90 minutes upon addition, excess iodomethane (2 g, 14 mmol) was added by syringe, and the mixture was stirred for 30 min, then warmed to RT, and stirred overnight. Solvents were evaporated and the residue was poured into water. The mixture was extracted with hexanes, dried over MgS04, and the solvents were evaporated to give off-yellow solid (1.684 g, 7.57 mmol, 80% yield) of 4,4',5,5,-tetramethyl-2,2'-bithiophene. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.77 (d, J = 15.0 Hz, 2H), 2.31 (s, 6H), 2.10 (s, 6H) [00224] Synthesis of 3-bromo-4,4',5,5'-tetramethyl-2,2'-bithiophene (29): To a solution of 28 (3.618 g; 16.27 mmol) in chloroform (80.0 mL) was added N,N-dibromodimethylhydantoin (2.373 g; 8.30 mmol) in one portion at -10 °C. The mixture was stirred for 0.5 h (TLC monitoring), poured into NaOH solution and extracted with DCM. Organic phase was separated, washed with water and dried over MgS04. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and trituration in methanol/DCM (10:1) afforded 29 (4.23 g, 86 %) as a colourless solid.
[00225] Synthesis of S039: S039 was prepared on 0.26 mmol scale (4 % yield) according to protocol G. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.42 (s, 2H), 2.32 (s, 6H), 2.17 (s, 6H), 2.09 (s, 6H), 1.35 (d, J = 4.1 Hz, 6H). [00226] Example 22: Synthesis of S040 - 4',4m'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(([2,2':5',2"-terthiophene]-5-carboxylic acid)) (Scheme 32)
Figure imgf000069_0001
[00227] Synthesis of S040: A solution of 22 (0.6 mmol, 0.5 g) in dry ether (200 mL) was purged with argon and cooled to -75 °C. Slowly, n-BuLi (1.27 mmol, 0.51 mL, 2.5M) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 h at -75 °C. Carbon dioxide was bubbled through the suspension (TLC monitoring). The temperature was raised to 20 °C and the reaction was stirred overnight, concentrated, poured into NaOH solution (30 mL, 3 M) and was vigorously shaken. The ether phase was discarded and the aqueous suspension was acidified with concentrated HCl. The dark green solid was collected by filtration and dried in air to give crude di-acid. Flash chromatography with chloroform/ethanol (10%) followed by chloroform/ethanol (10%)/acetic acid (1%) provided pure S040 (1.7 g, 2.25 mmol, 73% yield. 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO) δ 13.30 (s, 2H), 7.68 (d, J = 3.8 Hz, 2H), 7.55 (d, J= 5.0 Hz, 2H), 7.33 (d, J= 3.8 Hz, 2H), 6.94 - 6.85 (m, 2H), 6.81 (d, J= 3.1 Hz, 2H), 6.57 (s, 2H).
[00228] Example 23: Synthesis of S042 - (Scheme 33)
Figure imgf000070_0001
[00229] Synthesis of 3-bromo-2,5-bis(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)thiophene (30): (30) was prepared on 83 mmol scale (89 % yield) according to protocol C.
[00230] Synthesis of S042: S042 was prepared on 6.16 mmol scale (15 % yield) according to protocol H2. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.37 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 4H), 7.30 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 4H), 7.05 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 4H), 6.92 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 4H), 6.13 (s, 2H), 1.34 (s, 18H), 0.91 (s, 18H).
[00231] Example 24: Synthesis of S043 - 3-(2-(2,5-diphenylthiophen-3-yl)-3,3,4,4,5,5- hexafluorocyclopent- 1 -en- 1 -yl)-2-phenyl-5-(4-vinylphenyl)thiophene (Scheme 34)
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000071_0002
[00232] Synthesis of 23-dibromo-5-(4-vinylphenyl)thiophene (101): (101) was prepared on 19.4 mmol scale (57 % yield) according to protocol D. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC ) δ 7.44 (d, J = 8.5, 2H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.5, 2H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.71 (dd, J - 17.6, 10.9, 1H), 5.79 (d, J = 17.6, 1H), 5.30 (d, J = 10.9, 1H). [00233] Synthesis of 3-bromo-2-phenyl-5-(4-vinylphenyl)thiophene (31): (31) was prepared on 18.8 mmol scale (97 %) yield according to protocol D. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.70 (d, J = 7.1, 2H), 7.55 (d, J - 8.4, 2H), 7.47 - 7.42 (m, 4H), 7.39 (t, J = 7.4, 1H), 7.27 (s, 1H), 6.73 (dd, J= 17.6, 10.9, 1H), 5.80 (d, J= 17.6, 1H), 5.30 (d, J= 10.9, 1H).
[00234] Synthesis of 3-(perfluorocyclopent- 1 -en- 1 -yl)-2-phenyl-5-(4- vinylphenvPthiophene (32). Compound 31 (6.41 g, 18.8 mmol) was dissolved in 500 mL anhydrous Et20 and cooled to -25°C. n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane, 9.8 mL, 24.4 mmol) was added dropwise over 45 min. Lithiation was determined to be complete by TLC after the addition of approximately 7 mL. The lithiated species precipitated from solution. Octafluorocyclopentene (5.18 mL, 37.6 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture stirred at - 70 °C for 1.5 hours before warming slowly to -20 °C over 30 min, to 0 °C for 30 minutes then to room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with brine, dried over MgS04 and concentrated under vacuum. Purification by column chromatography afforded 32 (5.73 g, 67% yield). 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.59 (d, J = 8.3, 2H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.2, 2H), 7.45 - 7.35 (m, 6H), 6.74 (dd, J = 17.6, 10.9, 1H), 5.81 (d, J = 17.6, 1H), 5.31 (d, J = 10.9, 1H). [00235] Synthesis of S043: Compound 4 (1.61 g, 5.11 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous Et20 (100 mL) and cooled to -25 °C. A solution of BuLi (2.2 mL, 5.44 mmol, 2.5 M in hexanes) was added dropwise over 30 minutes. Lithiation was monitored by TLC (hexanes) and determined to be complete after addition of 2.2 mL. Compound 32 (1.55 g, 3.40 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous ether (50 mL) and added dropwise via cannula to the lithiated mixture at -40 °C. The reaction mixture stirred for 16 hours while slowly warming to room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with brine, dried over MgSC^ and concentrated onto silica gel. Flash chromatography yielded S043 as a white solid (1.02 g, 45% yield). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.44 - 7.28 (m, 9H), 7.12 - 7.06 (m, 6H), 7.03 - 6.98 (m, 3H), 6.74 (dd, J = 17.6, 11.0, 1H), 6.28 (s, 2H), 5.81 (d, J = 17.6, 1H), 5.31 (d, J - 11.0, 1H).
[00236] Example 25: Synthesis of S044 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2,5- bis(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)thiophene) (Scheme 35)
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000073_0002
[00237] Synthesis of (33): (33) was prepared on 10 mmol scale (32 % yield) according to protocol C. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.83 (d, J= 8.1, 2H), 7.72 (d, J= 8.2, 2H), 7.69 (d, J= 8.8, 2H), 7.67 (d, J- 8.8, 2H), 7.37 (s, 1H).
Synthesis of Compound S044: S044 was prepared according to protocol A. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.65 (d, J = 8.2, 4H), 7.44 (d, j - 8.1, 4H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.1, 4H), 7.14 (d, J = 8.0, 4H), 6.39 (s, 2H).
[00238] Example 26: Synthesis of S047 and S048 (Scheme 36)
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000074_0002
[00239] Synthesis of 3'-(2-(r2,2,:5,,2"-terthiophenl-3'-vn-3.3,4.4.5.5-hexafluorocvclopent-l- en-l-yl)-5"-bromo-2<2':5',2"-terthiophene (34V SOOl (7.00 g, 10.5 mmol) was dissolved in CHC13 (250 mL). Br2 (1.67 g, 10.47 mmol) was dissolved in 100 mL CHC13 and added to the SOOl solution dropwise over 3 hours. The reaction mixture was washed with water (100 mL) followed by brine (2x 50 mL). The solution was dried over MgS04 and concentrated onto silica gel. Flash chromatography (95:5 hexanes/CHCl3) afforded 34 (4.30 g, 55%). Ή NMR (600 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.27 - 7.25 (m, 1H), 7.19 (dd, J = 5.1, 1.2, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J = 5.1 , 1.2, 1H), 7.07 (dd, J = 3.6, 1.1, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J = 5.1, 3.6, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 3.8, 1H), 6.85 (dd, J = 5.1, 3.6, 1H), 6.84 - 6.80 (m, 2H), 6.72 - 6.70 (m, 2H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 6.30 (s, 1H).
[00240] Synthesis of S047 (4,-(2-r[2.2':5,,2"-terthiophen]-3,-vl)-3,3.4.4.5.5- hexafluorocyclopent-l-en-l-yl)-[2,2':5',2"-terthiophene]-5-carboxylic acid): Compound 34 (4.30 g, 5.75 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous Et20 (600 mL) and cooled to -78 °C. BuLi (2.4 mL, 6.0 mmol, 2.5 M solution in hexanes) was added dropwise over 30 minutes. The lithiation was monitored by TLC (95:5 hexanes/CHCb) and determined to be incomplete so another 0.5 equivalents of n-BuLi was added. The mixture was left to stir for another 20 minutes and again monitored by TLC. A final 0.5 mL BuLi was added and the lithiation was determined to be complete. Carbon dioxide gas was passed through a bubbler containing H2S04 followed by a plug of Drierite and then bubbled through the reaction mixture for 16 hours. The mixture was then quenched with 5% HCl (aq) and concentrated to remove Et20. The mixture was extracted with CHC13 (3x 100 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with brine, dried over MgS04 and concentrated to dryness under vacuum. Flash chromatography (CHC13) yielded 1.8 g of S047. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.80 (d, J =
4.0, 1H), 7.30 - 7.22 (m, 1H), 7.23 - 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.11 - 7.05 (m, 2H), 7.05 - 6.98 (m, 1H), 6.89 - 6.81 (m, 2H), 6.78 - 6.68 (m, 2H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H).
[00241] Synthesis of S048 (4-(L3-dioxo-3a.4.7.7a-tetrahvdro-lH-4.7-epoxvisoindol-2(3H - yl)phenyl 4'-(2-([2,2':5,,2"-terthiophen]-3,-yl)-3,3,4,4,5,5-hexafluorocyclopent-l-en-l-yl)- [2,2':5',2"-terthiophene]-5-carboxylate)i Oxalyl chloride (0.83 mL, 9.84 mmol) was added to S047 (1.40 g, 1.97 mmol) in CHC13 (100 mL). The acid did not fully dissolve until acyl chloride began to form. To this mixture was added a single drop of DMF. The reaction flask was fitted with a bubbler to monitor the amount of gas evolved as the reaction proceeded. The reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. At this time the acyl chloride formation was determined to be complete by TLC (CHCI3). The reaction mixture was then concentrated to dryness. The acyl chloride was then dissolved in anhydrous THF (120 mL). To this solution was added 6 mL Et3N (purified by refluxing with Ac20 followed by distillation and then a second distillation 12 days prior to use) A solution of the phenol (0.76 g, 2.96 mmol) in anhydrous THF (50 mL) was transferred into the acyl chloride solution over 30 minutes and stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The mixture was then concentrated to dryness and redissolved in CHCI3 (200 mL) and washed with 5% HCl, dried over MgS04 and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (2% MeOH in CHCI3, 2 successive columns) yielding 0.77 g of S048. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.88 (d, J = 4.0, 1H), 7.42 - 7.34 (m, 4H), 7.28 - 7.25 (m, 1H), 7.19 (dd, J = 5.1,
1.1, 2H), 7.1 1 (d, J = 3.9, 1H), 7.07 (dd, J = 3.6, 1.2, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J = 5.1 , 3.6, 1H), 6.87 - 6.82 (m, 2H), 6.75 (dd, J = 3.6, 1.2, 1H), 6.72 (dd, J = 3.6, 1.2, 1H), 6.59 (s, 2H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 5.42 (s, 2H), 3.04 (s, 2H). [00242] Example 27: Synthesis of S049 - 3,3"-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5-(4- (tert-butyl)phenyl)-2,2'-bithiophene) (Scheme 37)
Figure imgf000076_0001
[00243] Synthesis of 2,3-dibromo-5-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)thiophene (105): 105 was prepared on 12.3 mmol scale (44 % yield) according to protocol D. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.45 - 7.39 (m, 4H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 1.34 (s, 9H).
[00244] Synthesis of 3-bromo-5-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-2,2'-bithiophene (106): (106) was prepared on 4.2 mmol scale (79 %) yield according to protocol B. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.54 - 7.40 (m, 5H), 7.36 (dd, J= 5.1 , 1.1 , 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.10 (dd, J = 5.1 , 3.7, 1H), 1.36 (s, 9H).
[00245] Synthesis of S049: S049 was prepared on 0.36 mmol scale (17.3 % yield) according to protocol G. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 7.21 (dd, J = 4.9, 1.4, 1H), 7.13 (d, J = 8.4, 2H), 7.04 - 6.98 (m, 2H), 6.92 (d, J = 8.4, 2H), 6.08 (s, 2H), 1.04 (s, 18H). [00246] Example 28: Synthesis of S050 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5-(4- bromophenyl)-2-phenylthiophene) (Scheme 38)
Figure imgf000076_0002
S002 S050 [00247] Synthesis of S050: S002 was prepared as described in US 7,777,055. To the solution of S002 (0.306 g; 0.475 mmol) in a mixture of acetic acid (10.0 mL) and DCM (10.0 mL) was added bromine (0.05 mL; 0.973 mmol) as a solution in DCM (3 mL). Ammonium nitrate was added as a catalyst and the mixture was heated to reflux overnight. After cooling to RT, DCM was removed under vacuum. The remaining acetic acid solution was poured into water and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was separated, washed with sodium thiosulfate solution and water, and concentrated. Flash chromatography (hexanes) afforded S050 (0.36 g ; 94%). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.43 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 4H), 7.15 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 4H), 7.05 - 6.98 (m, 6H), 6.95 - 6.88 (m, 4H), 6.19 (s, 2H). Example 29: Synthesis of S052 - 4,4"-(perfluorocyclopent-l -ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5-(4-(tert- butyl)phenyl)-2,2'-bithiophene) (Scheme 39)
Figure imgf000077_0001
[00248] Synthesis of 4-bromo-5-(4-(tert-butvnphenyl)-2.2'-bithiophene (108): (108) was prepared on 5.5 mmol scale (100 % yield) according to protocol D. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.63 (d, J = 8.6, 2H), 7.47 (d, J= 8.6, 2H), 7.26 (dd, J- 5.1, 1.1, 1H), 7.19 (dd, J= 3.6, 1.1, 1H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.04 (dd, J= 5.1, 3.6, 1H), 1.37 (s, 9H).
[00249] Synthesis of S052. S052 was prepared on 0.091 mmol scale (3.3 % yield) according to protocol G. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.40 (d, J = 8.5, 4H), 7.35 (d, J = 8.5, 4H), 7.11 (dd, J = 5.1, 1.1, 2H), 6.80 (dd, J = 5.1, 3.6, 2H), 6.72 (dd, J = 3.6, 1.1, 2H), 6.50 (s, 2H), 1.36 (s, 18H). [00250] Example 30: Synthesis of S053 - 4,4'-(perfluorocyclopent-l- diyl)bis(5-methoxy-2,2'-bithiophene) (Scheme 40)
Figure imgf000078_0001
[00251] Synthesis of 3,5-dibromo-2-methoxythiophene (35): (35) was prepared on 22.1 mmol scale (85 % yield) according to protocol F 1.
[00252] Synthesis of 4-bromo-5-methoxy-2,2'-bithiophene (36): (36) was prepared on 13 mmol scale (59 % yield) according to protocol B. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) d 7.16 (dd, J = 5.1, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J = 3.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (dd, J = 5.1, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H). [00253] Synthesis of S053: S053 was prepared on 0.56 mmol scale (15 % yield) according to protocol G. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.17 (dd, J = 5.1, 1.1 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (dd, J = 3.6, 1.1 Hz, 2H), 7.00-6.96 (m, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.69 (s, 6H).
[00254] Example 31: Synthesis of S054 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2,5- bis(4-methoxyphenyl)thiophene) (Scheme 41)
Figure imgf000079_0001
[00255] Synthesis of 3-bromo-2,5-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)thiophene (37): (37) was prepared on 13 mmol scale (65 % yield) according to protocol C. [00256] Synthesis of S054: S054 was prepared on 5.82 mmol scale (41 % yield) according to protocol G. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.32 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.91 (dd, J = 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 9H), 6.60 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 4H), 6.25 (s, 2H), 3.85 (s, 6H), 3.41 (s, 6H).
[00257] Example 32: Synthesis of S055 - 4,5-bis(2,5-diphenylthiophen-3-yl)-2- phenylthiazole (Scheme 42)
Figure imgf000079_0002
[00258] Synthesis of S055. (4) (5.93 g, 18.8 mmol) was dissolved in Et20 (100 mL) and cooled to -30 °C. BuLi (8.8 mL, 22 mmol, 2.5 M in hexanes) was added dropwise over 30 minutes. After the reaction mixture stirred for an additional 30 minutes, B(OBu)3 (5.6 mL, 20.7 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour while warming from - 30 °C to 0 °C. The cooling bath was then removed and the reaction mixture stirred for another hour. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to dryness and redissolved in THF (60 mL). To the reaction mixture was added 20 % Na2C03 (aq) (60 mL), compound (19) (2 g, 6.27 mmol) and the mixture was then deoxygenated by bubbling with argon 30 minutes. To this mixture was added Pd(PPh3)4 (0.2 g, 0.2 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 16 hours. After cooling, the layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and concentrated onto silica gel. Flash chromatography (8:2 hexanes/chloroform followed by 1 :1 hexanes/chloroform) afforded 3.86 g (98%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.04 - 7.98 (m, 2H), 7.51 - 7.43 (m, 5H), 7.43 - 7.34 (m, 6H), 7.33 - 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.1 1 - 6.98 (m, 10H), 6.80 (s, 1H), 6.47 (s, 1H). [00259] Example 33: Synthesis of S056 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2,5- bis(4-chlorophenyl)thiophene) (Scheme 43)
Figure imgf000080_0001
S056
[00260] Synthesis of 3-bromo-2.5-bis(4-chlorophenyl)thiophene (38): (38) was prepared on 13 mmol scale (34 % yield) according to protocol C. [00261] Synthesis of S056: S056 was prepared on 3.2 mmol scale (46 % yield) according to protocol G. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.43 - 7.31 (m, 9H), 7.15 - 7.04 (m, 4H), 6.92 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 4H), 6.37 (s, 2H).
[00262] Example 34: Synthesis of S057 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l ,2-diyl)bis(2-(4- tert-butylphenyl)-5-phenylthiophene) (Scheme 44)
Figure imgf000081_0001
[00263] Synthesis of 3-bromo-2-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-5-phenylthiophene (39): (39) was prepared on 24.1 mmol scale (81 %) according to protocol D.
[00264] Synthesis of S057: S057 was prepared on 4.14 mmol scale (34 % yield) according to protocol G. 1H NM (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.29 (td, J = 8.5, 4.5 Hz, 8H), 7.19 (dd, J= 9.3, 4.3 Hz, 2H), 7.00 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 4H), 6.86 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 4H), 6.13 (s, 2H), 0.87 (s, 18H).
[00265] Example 35: Synthesis of S059 - 3-(2-(2,5-bis(4-tert-butylphenyl)thiophen-3-yl)- 3,3,4,4,5,5-hexafluorocyclopent- 1 -enyl)-2-phenyl-5-(4-vinylphenyl)thiophene (Scheme 45)
Figure imgf000081_0002
[00266] Synthesis of S059: Compound (30) (3.47 g; 8.1 1 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous diethyl ether (250 mL) and cooled to -25 °C. n-BuLi (3.6 mL; 8.9 mmol; 2.5 M in hexane) was added. The mixture was stirred for 10 min. Compound (32) (3.35 g; 7.37 mmol) was added as ether solution (50 mL) drop wise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm slowly overnight, and then quenched by addition of 10 % aqueous HC1 (50 mL). Organic layer was separated; aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (150 mL). Solvents were evaporated and the crude material was purified by column eluting with hexane. Collected product was sonicated in methanol and pale yellow powder was filtered and dried in air (3.464 g; 1.87 mmol; yield 60%). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.43 - 7.36 (m, 5H), 7.47 - 7.29 (m, 8H), 7.34 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.30 - 7.26 (m, 2H), 7.12 - 7.10 (m, 2H), 7.11 (dd, J = 6.2, 3.0 Hz, 5H), 7.09 (s, 2H), 7.01 (dd, J = 6.5, 2.9 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (dd, J = 6.5, 2.9 Hz, 2H), 6.92 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.92 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 2H), 6.72 (dd, J = 17.6, 10.9 Hz, 1H), 6.25 (s, 1H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 5.77 (d, J = 17.6 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (d, J = 11.0 Hz, 1H), 1.36 (s, 9H), 0.97 (s, 9H). Example 36: Synthesis of S060 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2-(4-(tert- butyl)phenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)thiophene (Scheme 46)
Figure imgf000082_0001
[00267] Synthesis of 2,3-dibromo-5-(4-chlorophenyl)thiophene (39a): (39a) was prepared on 15 mmol scale (38 % yield) according to protocol D.
[00268] Synthesis of 3-bromo-2-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)thiophene (40): (40) was prepared on 22.2 mmol scale (76 % yield) according to protocol D. [00269] Synthesis of S060: S060 was prepared on 3.75 mmol scale (34 % yield) according to protocol G. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.35 - 7.29 (m, 8H), 7.08 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 4H), 6.91 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 4H), 6.19 (s, 2H), 0.99 (s, 18H).
[00270] Example 37: Synthesis of S063 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5-(4- bromophenyl)-2-(4-tert-butylphenyl)thiophene) (Scheme 47)
Figure imgf000083_0001
[00271] Synthesis of 2,3-dibromo-5-(4-chlorophenyl)thiophene (39a): (39a) was prepared on 15 mmol scale (38 % yield) according to protocol D.
[00272] Synthesis of 3-bromo-2-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)thiophene (40): (40) was prepared on 22.2 mmol scale (76 % yield) according to protocol D.
[00273] Synthesis of S060: S060 was prepared on 3.75 mmol scale (34 % yield) according to protocol G. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.35 - 7.29 (m, 8H), 7.08 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 4H), 6.91 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 4H), 6.19 (s, 2H), 0.99 (s, 18H).
[00274] Example 38: Synthesis of S064 (l,l'-((4,4'-(perfiuorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)thiophene-4,2-diyl))bis(4, 1 -phenylene))diethanone) and S065 (( 1 -(4-(5-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-4-(2-(2-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-5-phenylthiophen-3-yl)- 3,3,4,4,5, 5-hexafluorocyclopent-l-enyl)thiophen-2-yl)phenyl)ethanone)) (Scheme 48)
Figure imgf000083_0002
[00275] Synthesis of S064+S065: A solution of S063 (0.66 g, 0.72 mmol) in ether (20 mL) was cooled to -5 °C and a solution of n-BuLi in hexane (0.75 mL, 2.5 M, 1.9 mmol) was added dropwise. Reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min at 0 to -10 °C. Anhydrous N,N- dimethylacetamide (1 mL) was added slowly as an ether solution (15 mL) at -5 °C and the mixture was stirred for 90 min and quenched with 10 % HC1 solution. Organic layer was separated, aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc; organic fractions pooled and solvent evaporated. Flash chromatography (hexanes to 30 % EtOAc/hexanes) gave S064 in 46 % yield and S065 in 22 % yield. S064: Ή NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.95 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 4H), 7.46 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 4H), 7.08 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 4H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 4H), 6.34 (s, 2H), 2.62 (s, 6H), 0.95 (s, 18H). S065: Ή NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.95 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.40 - 7.33 (m, 4H), 7.30 - 7.27 (m, 1H), 6.34 (s, 1H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s, 9H), 0.95 (s, 9H).
[00276] Example 39: Synthesis of S066 - 2,2'-((4,4'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)thiophene-4,2-diyl))bis(4,l-phenylene))bis(2-methyl-l ,3- dioxolane) ((Scheme 49)
Figure imgf000084_0001
[00277] Synthesis of S066: A 50 mL flask was charged with 1 mg of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate, 25 mL of benzene, 1 g (16 mmol) of ethylene glycol, and 0.2 g (0.238 mmol) of S064. The solution was brought to reflux with water collection in Dean-Stark apparatus. After 30 hours at reflux, the mixture was cooled to RT and poured into 80 mL of 10 % aqueous NaOH. The benzene layer was washed with 25 mL of brine, dried over MgS04 for 10 minutes, and filtered. Removal of solvent and sonication of the residue in methanol provided a pale yellow solid, which was filtered off and dried under vacuum. Yield 0.22 g (0.237 mmol; 100%). Ή NMR (600 MHz, CD2C12) 8 7.51 - 7.45 (m, 4H), 7.40 - 7.36 (m, 4H), 7.08 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 4H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 4H), 6.22 (s, 2H), 4.06 - 4.00 (m, 4H), 3.80 - 3.72 (m, 4H), 1.63 (s, 6H), 0.90 (s, 18H).
[00278] Example 40: Synthesis of S067 - 2,2'-((4,4'-(perfluorocyclopent-l -ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)thiophene-4,2-diyl))bis(4,l-phenylene))bis(propan-2-ol) (Scheme 50)
[00279] A solution of S064 (0.64 g, 0.76 mmol) in ether (100 mL) was cooled to -5 °C and a solution of MeLi in ether (12.5 mL, 1.6 M, 20 mmol) was added dropwise. Reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min at -5 °C, then allowed to warm to RT, and stirred overnight. TLC indicates two spots. Another 8 equivalents of MeLi (12.5 mL) was added at RT along with 2- methyltetrahydrofuran (35 mL), and the mixture was continued to stir for 16 h and quenched with 10% HC1 solution. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and flash chromatography (hexanes to 40 % EtOAc/hexanes) afforded S067 (1.44 g, 1.65 mmol) in 66% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.48 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 4H), 7.35 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 4H), 7.06 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 4H), 6.93 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 4H), 6.17 (s, 2H), 1.72 (s, 2H), 1.60 (s, 12H), 0.92 (s, 18H).
[00280] Example 41: Synthesis of S068 - 12,12*-((4,4'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5 -(4-(tert-butyl)pheny l)thiophene-4,2-diyl))bis(4, 1 -phenylene))bis( 12 -methyl - 2,5,8,1 1-tetraoxatridecane) (Scheme 51)
Figure imgf000085_0001
[00281] Synthesis of 2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethyl 4-methylbenzene sulfonate (46): To a solution of p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (3.17 g, 19.3 mmol) in 20 mL of pyridine was added 2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethanol (4 g, 21 mmol), which was then stirred at 0 °C for 12 h and at RT for 2 h. To this suspension, water, hexanes, and ethyl acetate were added and separated. The organic layer was neutralized with dilute hydrochloric acid and separated again. The organic layer was dried over with magnesium sulfate and sodium bicarbonate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 4.87 g, 15.3 mmol (79%) of 2-(2-(2- methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)-ethyl 4-methylbenzene sulfonate as a colorless oil.
[00282] Synthesis of S068: Sodium hydride (0.24 g, 6 mmol, 60% dispersion in oil) was washed with hexanes (6 mL) and a solution of S067 (1.33 g, 1.52 mmol) in THF (25 mL) was added under argon. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at RT. To the resulting suspension was added a solution of (46) (1.06 g, 3.35 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (12 mL) in one portion and the mixture was stirred for 48 h. The reaction was quenched by addition of brine (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (2 x 100 mL), dried over MgS0 , filtered and evaporated to dryness. Flash chromatography (hexanes/EtOAc 1 : 1) afforded 1.24 g (1.06 mmol; 70%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.44 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 4H), 7.36 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 4H), 7.09 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 4H), 6.96 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 4H), 6.21 (s, 2H), 3.72 - 3.68 (m, 12H), 3.66 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 5H), 3.61 - 3.57 (m, 4H), 3.43 - 3.37 (m, 10H), 1.58 (s, 12H), 0.95 (s, 18H).
[00283] Example 42: Synthesis of S073 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5,5'- di-tert-butyl-2,2'-bithiophene) (Scheme 52)
Figure imgf000086_0001
S073 [00284] Synthesis of 5,5'-di-tert-butyl-2,2'-bithiophene (47 : (47) was prepared on 57 mmol scale (95 % yield) according to protocol E.
[00285] Synthesis of 3-bromo-5,5'-di-tert-butyl-2.2'-bithiophene (48): (48) was prepared on 37.7 mmol scale (66 % yield) according to protocol F2. [00286] Synthesis of S073: S073 was prepared on 0.49 mmol scale (6 % yield) according to protocol G. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.61 - 6.51 (m, 2H), 6.45 - 6.37 (m, 2H), 6.15 - 6.06 (m, 2H), 1.35 (d, J= 12.5 Hz, 18H), 1.26 (s, 18H).
[00287] Example 43: Synthesis of S074 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2,5- bis(4-cyanophenyl)thiophene) (Scheme 53)
Figure imgf000087_0001
[00288] Synthesis of 4,4'-(3-bromothiophene-2,5-diyl)dibenzonitrile (49): (49) was prepared on 46 mmol scale (78 % yield) according to protocol C.
[00289] Synthesis of S074: S074 was prepared on 0.29 mmol scale (13 % yield) according to protocol H3. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 7.92 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 4H), 7.78 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 4H), 7.59 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 4H), 7.22 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 4H), 6.83 (s, 2H).
[00290] Example 44: Synthesis of S079 - l,2-bis(2-(4-n-octylphenyl)-l-benzofuran-3- yl)perfluorocyclopentene (Scheme 54)
Figure imgf000088_0001
S079
[00291] Synthesis of 2-(4-n-octylphenyl)-l-benzofuran (50): (50) was prepared on 20.4 mmol scale (66 % yield) according to protocol D.
[00292] Synthesis of 3-bromo-2-(4-n-octylphenyl)-l-benzofuran (51): (51) was prepared on 8.8 mmol scale (43 % yield) according to protocol F3.
[00293] Synthesis of S079: S079 was prepared on 0.92 mmol scale (21 % yield) according to protocol H3. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.30 - 7.22 (m, 4H), 7.18 - 7.09 (m, 4H), 7.07 - 6.97 (m, 6H), 6.78 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 4H), 2.37 - 2.23 (m, 4H), 1.49 - 1.39 (m, 4H), 1.35 - 1.22 (m, 21H), 0.90 (t, J= 6.8 Hz, 6H). [00294] Example 45: Synthesis of S083 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5- methoxy-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-benzofuran (Scheme 55)
Figure imgf000089_0001
[00295] Synthesis of 5-methoxybenzofuran-2-ylboronic acid (52): 5-Methoxybenzofuran (5.3 g, 35.8 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (120 mL) and cooled to -30 °C. The solution was treated with n-BuLi (18 mL, 45 mmol, 2.5 M in hexanes) over 30 min, maintaining the internal temperature at - 30 °C during the addition to give a yellow solution. After 1 h at -30 °C, tributyl borate (12.2 mL, 45.1 mmol) was added over 10 min and the solution became pale yellow. The resulting solution was allowed to warm slowly to 14 °C over 12 h, then was quenched with 6 M HC1 (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (150 mL). The organics were washed with water, then brine and dried over MgS04. After filtration, the organic solution was concentrated and the boronic acid precipitated by the addition of hexanes. The solid was filtered and washed with hexanes to give an off- white solid (3.95 g, 48%).
[00296] Synthesis of 5-methoxy-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)benzofuran (53): (53) was prepared on 8.8 mmol scale (56 % yield) according to protocol D. [00297] Synthesis of 3-bromo-5-methoxy-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)benzofuran (54): (54) was prepared on 9.6 mmol scale (83 % yield) according to protocol F4.
[00298] Synthesis of S083: S083 was prepared on 1.1 mmol scale (22 % yield) according to protocol H3 with the following exception: instead of using silica gel as the stationary phase in the flash chromatography step, basic alumina was used. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.17 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.01 - 6.96 (m, 4H), 6.75 (dd, J= 8.9, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 6.54 (s, 2H), 6.48 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 4H), 3.79 (d, J= 4.6 Hz, 6H), 3.67 (s, 6H). [00299] Example 46: Synthesis of S084 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2,5- bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)thiophene) (Scheme 56)
[00300] To a solution of S054 (3.29 g, 4.3 mmol) in 150 mL of dichloromethane at 0 °C was added BBr3 (1.0 M in DCM, 26 mL, 1.5 eq.).The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to RT and stirred for 12 h. Methanol was then added slowly to quench the reaction at 0 °C and the mixture was poured into water (300 mL) and extracted with EtOAc. Organic solvents were removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by sonication in chloroform and filtration. The grey solid was dried to give 2.81 g of S084. Yield 92%. Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) 6 9.68 (s, 2H), 9.57 (s, 2H), 7.21 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 4H), 6.77 (dd, J= 15.5, 8.3 Hz, 8H), 6.55 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 4H), 6.20 (s, 2H).
[00301] Example 47: Synthesis of S085, S086 and S087 (Schemes 57a, b, c)
Figure imgf000090_0001
Pd(PPh3)4
Figure imgf000090_0002
Scheme 57a
[00302] Synthesis of 3-bromo-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiophene (55 : (55) was prepared on 85 mmol scale (82 % yield) according to protocol D. [00303] Synthesis of 3,5-dibromo-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiophene (56): (56) was prepared on 59 mmol scale (70 % yield) according to protocol F4.
[00304] Synthesis of 4-(4-bromo-5-(4-methoxyphenyl thiophen-2-yl benzonitrile (57): (57) was prepared on 28.4 mmol scale (86 % yield) according to protocol D. [00305] Synthesis of S085: S085 was prepared according to protocol H3. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.67 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 4H), 7.46 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 4H), 6.92 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.59 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 4H), 6.47 (s, 2H), 3.42 (s, 6H).
Preparation of S086 (4.4'-(3 ,3 '-(perfluorocyclopent- 1 -ene- 1 ,2-diyl)bis(5 -(4- methoxyphenyl)thiophene-3,2-diyl))dibenzonitrile)i
Figure imgf000091_0001
Scheme 57b
[00306] Synthesis of 2,3-dibromo-5-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiophene (58): (58) was prepared on 26.4 mmol scale (40 % yield) according to protocol D. [00307] Synthesis of 4-(3-bromo-5-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiophen-2-yl)benzonitrile (59): (59) was prepared on 17 mmol scale (64 % yield) according to protocol D.
[00308] Synthesis of S086: S086 was prepared on 0.39 mmol scale (9.7 % yield) according to protocol H3. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.38 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 4H), 7.30 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 4H), 7.09 (d, j = 8.5 Hz, 4H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 4H), 6.23 (s, 2H), 3.87 (s, 6H). [00309] Preparation of S087 (4-(3-(2-(5-(4-cvanophenvl)-2-(4-methoxvphenyl)thiophen-3- yl)-3 ,3 ,4,4,5 ,5 -hexafluorocyclopent- 1 -en- 1 -yl)-5-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiophen-2- yl)benzonitrile)j_S087 is prepared in two steps using precursors prepared as per synthesis of S085 and S085.
Figure imgf000092_0001
Scheme 57c
[00310] Synthesis of 4-(5 -(4-methoxyphenyl)- 4-(perfluorocyclopent- 1 -en- 1 -yl)thiophen-2- vDbenzonitrile (60): To a solution of (57) (5.0 g, 13.50 mmol) in dry THF (300 mL) was slowly added n-BuLi hexane solution (2.0 M, 7.43 mL, 14.85 mmol) at -50 °C under an argon atmosphere. The solution was stirred for 15 minutes at -50 °C. After the addition of octafluorocyclopentene (5.44 mL, 40.5 mmol), the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h. The reaction was quenched by the addition of methanol and warmed to RT. The solvents were removed by rotary evaporation and flash chromatography (10% EtOAc in hexanes) afforded a dark yellow oil (4.0 g, 61.3%).
[00311] Synthesis of S087: To a solution of (59) (2.66 g, 7.20 mmol) in dry THF (190 mL) was slowly added «-BuLi hexane solution (2.0 M, 3.96 mL, 7.91 mmol) at -50 °C under an argon atmosphere. The solution was stirred for 15 minutes at -50 °C, compound (60) (4.0 g in 50 mL of dry THF, 8.27 mmol) was added under argon, and the reaction mixture stirred for a further 2 h, and stopped by quenching it with methanol. THF and ether were then removed under vacuum. EtOAc and water were added to the reaction crude. The product was extracted with EtOAc and the organic layer was dried over MgS04 and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting brown solid was purified by column chromatography (Silica gel; 20% EtOAc in hexanes to provide a brown/yellowish solid 543 mg (10.0%). This solid was dissolved in DCM and purified again by column chromatography (aluminum oxide) and treated first with hexanes, followed by a gradual increase in polarity (3%, 6%, 10% and 20% of EtOAc in hexanes) - the product was collected at 20% EtOAc in hexanes. A final purification by preparative TLC using a mixture of 20% EtOAc in hexanes was performed. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.73 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.34 (d, J= 11.4 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.92 (t, J = 8.2 Hz, 4H), 6.63 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 6.30 (s, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.42 (s, 3H).
[00312] Example 48: Synthesis of S088 - (E)-3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2- (4-methoxyphenyl)-5 -(4-((E)-styryl)phenyl)thiophene) (Scheme 58)
Figure imgf000093_0001
S088 [00313] Synthesis of 3,5-dibromo-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiophene (61): (61) was prepared on 90.2 mmol scale (97 % yield) according to protocol F4. [00314] Synthesis of 4-(4-bromo-5-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiophen-2-yl)benzaldehyde (62): (62) was prepared on 67.2 mmol scale (74 % yield) according to protocol D.
[00315] Synthesis of (E)-3-bromo-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-5-(4-styrv henyl) thiophene (63): A mixture of benzyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (23.7 g, 54.7 mmol) and (62) (17 g, 45.5 mmol) was dispersed in chloroform (300 mL) and stirred at RT under argon atmosphere for 15 min. A solution of t-BuOK (10.3 g, 91 mmol) in anhydrous THF (80 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h. Then water was added, followed by extraction with chloroform. The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgS04 and solvent evaporated to half of its initial volume by rotary evaporation; the resulting light yellow precipitation was filtered and dried (9.63 g; 47% yield).
[00316] Synthesis of S088: To a stirred THF suspension (350 mL) containing (63) (6.12 g, 13.7 mmol), 7.2 mL of 2.5 M «-BuLi hexane solution (17.8 mmol) was slowly added at -35 °C, and the solution was stirred for 15 min. Octafluorocyclopentene (0.92 mL, 6.84 mmol) was added in one portion to the reaction mixture and stirred with gradual warming to 20 °C over 16 hours. The precipitation was filtered off and filtrate was evaporated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (hexane/chloroform 20 to 50%) to give 0.92 g of S088 in 14.8% yield. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD2C12) δ 7.64 - 7.51 (m, 8H), 7.47 - 7.34 (m, 8H), 7.29 (dt, J = 1 1.4, 4.7 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 4H), 6.99 - 6.91 (m, 4H), 6.65 - 6.58 (m, 4H), 6.43 (s, 2H), 3.38 (s, 6H). [00317] Example 49: Synthesis of S089 - 3,3 '-(perfluorocyclopent- 1-ene-l, 2-diyl)bis(2-(4- methoxyphenyl)-5-(4-((lE,3E)-4-phenylbuta-l,3-dien-l-yl)phenyl)thiophene) (Scheme 59)
Figure imgf000094_0001
[00318] Synthesis of 3-bromo-2-(4-methoxyphenylV5-(4-('(,lE,3EV4-Dhenylbuta-l ,3- dienvDphenvDthiophene (64): 10.83 g (23.6 mmol) of Cinnamyltriphenylphosphonium bromide was added to 2.70 g (24.10 mmol) of t-BuOK in 100 mL THF and the resulting solution was stirred at RT for 30 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and 8 g (21.4 mmol) of the aldehyde (62) was added in 35 mL THF. The solution was warmed to RT and stirred for 5 hrs. The solution was poured into 200 mL water. The precipitated product was separated by filtration to give 7.5 g (74% yield) of pure target molecule.
[00319] Synthesis of S089: To a stirred THF solution (400 mL) containing 3-bromo-2-(4- methoxyphenyl)-5-(4-((lE,3E)-4-phenylbuta-l,3-dienyl)phenyl)thiophene (7.47 g, 15.78 mmol), 8.2 mL of 2.5 M «-BuLi hexane solution (20.5 mmol) was slowly added at -30 °C, and the solution was stirred for 15 min. Octafluorocyclopentene (1.1 mL, 7.9 mmol) was added in one portion to the reaction mixture and stirred with gradual warming to 20 °C over 12 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched by addition of 10% HCl solution and extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was separated and the precipitation was filtered off. The filtrate was evaporated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel (hexane/chloroform 20 to 50% gradient) to give 1.14 g of S089 in 15% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD2C12) δ 7.56 - 7.48 (m, 8H), 7.46 - 7.36 (m, 8H), 7.29 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.13 - 7.02 (m, 4H), 6.98 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.83 - 6.71 (m, 4H), 6.64 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.45 (s, 2H), 3.41 (s, 6H). Example 50: Synthesis of S090 - 4,4*-(((((4,4'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5-(4- methoxyphenyl)thiophene-4,2-diyl))bis(4, 1 -phenylene))bis(oxy))bis(ethane-2, 1 - diyl))bis(oxy))bis(N,N-bis(4-chlorophenyl)aniline) (Scheme 60)
Figure imgf000095_0001
(61) (65)
Figure imgf000096_0001
Figure imgf000096_0002
Figure imgf000096_0003
S090
[00320] Synthesis of 4-(4-bromo-5-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiophen-2-yl)phenol (65): (65) was prepared on 18.1 mmol scale (62 % yield) according to protocol DSynthesis of 4-chloro-N-
(4-chlorophenyl)-N-(4-methoxyphenyl)aniline (68): 4-methoxyaniline (66, 7.75 g, 62.9 mmol), l-chloro-4-iodobenzene (67, 33 g, 138 mmol), phenanthroline (0.419 g, 2.33 mmol) and copper (I) chloride (0.23 g, 2.33 mmol) were added to a 250 mL rbf and toluene (60 mL) was added. Potassium hydroxide (27.5 g, 491 mmol) was added, and the reaction was heated to reflux for 18 h. A grey/purple solid was observed, but the reaction was incomplete, so a further 50 mL of toluene was added and the reaction reheated to reflux for a further 30 h. After cooling to RT, the mixture was poured into EtOAc (500 mL) and water (400 mL). The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc (250 mL). The combined organic portions were washed with water (3 x 500 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation to afford a purple liquid. Flash chromatography (hexanes to 5% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded 68 as a clear, light yellow, viscous oil, 10.79 g (50 %). [00321] Synthesis of 4-(bis(4-chlorophenyl)amino)phenol (69 : 4-chloro-N-(4- chlorophenyl)-N-(4-methoxyphenyl)aniline (68, 10.79 g, 31.3 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DCM (120 mL), and the BBr3 (1.0 M, 38 mL, 37.6 mmol) was added slowly over a period of -20 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir under an Argon atmosphere for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was slowly poured into water (500 mL) and stirred for 30 minutes. The purple organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (100 mL). The combined organics were washed with water (500 mL), dried over MgSOzj, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. Flash chromatography (15 % EtOAc/hexanes) afforded 69 as a clear, light green viscous oil, 9.4 lg (91 %).
[00322] Synthesis of 4-(2-bromoethoxy)-N,N-bis-(4-chlorophenyl)aniline (70): To a 250 mL rbf was added cesium carbonate (4.93 g, 15.14 mmol) and anhydrous acetonitrile (50 mL). A solution of 4-(bis(4-chlorophenyl)amino)phenol (69, 2.5 g, 7.57 mmol) in acetonitrile (25 mL) was added, and an immediate light purple colour was observed. 1 ,2-dibromoethane (7.1 1 g, 37.9 mmol) was added and the reaction was heated to reflux for 5 days. After cooling to RT, the reaction mixture was poured into water (250 mL), mixed well and separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL) and the combined organics were washed with water (2 x 250 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. Flash chromatography (2 % EtOAc/hexanes) afforded 70 as a clear, colourless oil (1.42 g, 43 %).
[00323] Synthesis of of 4-(2-(4-(4-bromo-5-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiophen-2- yl)phenoxy)ethoxy)-N,N-bis(4-chlorophenyl)aniline (71 : 4-(2-bromoethoxy)-N,N-bis-(4- chlorophenyl)aniline (70, 1.40 g, 3.20 mmol) and 4-(4-bromo-5-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiophen- 2-yl)phenol (65, 1.16 g, 3.20 mmol) were dissolved in acetonitrile (40 mL) and the cesium carbonate (2.09 g, 6.41 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 20 hours. After cooling to RT, the reaction mixture was poured into DCM (100 mL) and water (150 mL). The mixture was mixed well and the aqueous portion extracted with DCM (2 x 100 mL). The combined organics were washed with water (2 x 150 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting off-white solid was sonicated in MeOH (100 mL), filtered and air dried to afford an off-white powder which still contained some minor impurities by TLC. This material was allowed to stir in refluxing EtOH (150 mL) for 15 minutes, cooled slightly, filtered and air dried to afford 71 as an off- white powder ( 1.60 g, 70 %).
[00324] Synthesis of S090: S090 was prepared on 0.021 mmol scale (2 % yield) according to protocol H3. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.32 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 7.18 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 8H), 7.05 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 4H), 6.98 - 6.90 (m, 20H), 6.60 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.26 (s, 2H), 4.35 (m, 8H), 3.43 (s, 6H).
Example 51: Synthesis of S091, S092, S094 and S095 (Scheme 61)
Figure imgf000098_0001
5091 Rz=Et
5092 Rz=iPr
5094 Rz=iPn
5095 Rz=Np
[00325] S084 (leq) and cesium carbonate (10 eq) were dissolved in anhydrous DMF (120 ml) and the alkylbromide (Rz-Br) added (20 eq) (Rz = ethyl for S091; isopropyl for S092; isopentyl for S094; or neopentyl for S095). The reaction mixture was heated to 90°C and stirred for 18-36 hours. Completion was verified by TLC - if necessary a further 12-16 eq of the R-Br was added, with continued heating and stirring. After cooling to RT, the reaction mixture was poured into water and extracted with DCM (S091, S094) or EtOAc (S092, S095). Combined organics were washed with water, dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by vacuum. [00326] S09iI3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l ,2-diyl)bis(2,5-bis(4- ethoxyphenyl)thiophene)): Flash chromatography (10% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded a yellow solid, which was sonicated in MeOH (100 mL), filtered and air dried (1.58 g). A portion of this solid was purified by preparative TLC (25 % DCM in hexanes) to afford 127 mg of S091. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.30 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 4H), 6.89 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 8H), 6.57 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.24 (s, 2H), 4.07 (q, J= 7.0 Hz, 4H), 3.51 (m, 4H), 1.45 (t, J= 7.0 Hz, 6H), 1.27 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 6H).
[00327] S092i3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2,5-bis(4- isopropoxyphenyl)thiophene)) : Flash chromatography (10% EtOAc/hexanes) afforded a green/yellow solid which was sonicated in MeOH (30 mL), filtered and air dried to afford a yellow solid, 0.80 g. A portion of this solid was purified by preparative TLC (25 % DCM in hexanes) to afford 145 mg of S092. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.29 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.87 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.87 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.58 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.22 (s, 2H), 4.57 (sept, J= 6.1 Hz, 2H), 4.1 1 (sept, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 1.37 (d, J= 6.1 Hz, 12H), 1.18 (d, J= 6.0 Hz, 12H).
[00328] S094_X3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l ,2-diyl)bis(2,5-bis(4- (isopentyloxy)phenyl)thiophene)): The resulting dark green liquid was dried on the high vacuum pump to remove the residual DMF. To the dark green oil was added MeOH (50 mL) and after standing for 2 hours, a dark green material solidified. The solid was filtered off, ground in a mortar and pestle, washed with MeOH (50 mL), filtered and air-dried to afford a green powdery solid. A portion of this solid was purified by preparative TLC (25 % DCM in hexanes) to afford 100 mg of S094. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.30 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.90 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.87 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 4H), 6.58 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.24 (s, 2H), 4.00 (t, J= 6.7 Hz, 4H), 3.48 (s, 4H), 1.86 (sept, J= 6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.71 (m, 6H), 0.99 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 12H), 0.92 (d, J= 6.6 Hz, 12H).
[00329] S095I3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2,5-bis(4- (neopentyloxy)phenyl)thiophene))
Figure imgf000099_0001
portion of this material was purified by preparative TLC (25 % DCM in hexanes) to afford 60 mg of S095. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.30 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.90 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 4H), 6.88 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.59 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.21 (s, 2H), 5.30 (s, 3H), 3.60 (s, 4H), 1.07 (s, 18H), 0.93 (s, 18H).
[00330] Example 52: Synthesis of S096 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l ,2-diyl)bis(2,5- bis(3-methoxyphenyl)thiophene) (Scheme 62)
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000100_0002
OCH3 H3CO
[00331] Synthesis of 3-bromo-2,5-bis(3-methoxyphenyl)thiophene (72): (72) was prepared on 55 mmol scale (74 %) according to protocol C. [00332] Synthesis of S096: S096 was prepared on 3.53 mmol scale (53 % yield) according to protocol H3. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.29 (t, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.05 (d, J = 14.8 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 6.95 - 6.91 (m, 2H), 6.85 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 6.60 (dd, J= 8.4, 2.1 Hz, 4H), 6.53 - 6.49 (m, 2H), 6.37 (s, 2H), 3.88 (s, 6H), 3.47 (s, 6H).
[00333] Example 53: Synthesis of S097 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2,5- bis(3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)thiophene) (Scheme 63)
Figure imgf000101_0001
OCH3 H3CO
[00334] Synthesis of S-bromo^^-bisiS^-dimethoxyphenvnthiophene (73): (73) was prepared on 29 mmol scale (78 %) yield according to protocol C. [00335] Synthesis of S097: S097 was prepared on 3.96 mmol scale (69 % yield) according to protocol H3. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.58 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 4H), 6.45 (s, 2H), 6.42 (t, J= 2.2 Hz, 2H), 6.14 (m, 6H), 3.87 (s, 12H), 3.51 (s, 12H).
[00336] Example 54: Synthesis of S098 - 4,4'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5'- tert-butyl-5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2,2'-bithiophene) (Scheme 64)
Figure imgf000102_0001
[00337] Synthesis of 4-bromo-5-(4-methoxyphenylV2.2'-bithiophene (74): (74 was prepared on 93.9 mmol scale (93 % yield) according to protocol B.
[00338] Synthesis of 4-bromo-5'-tert-butyl-5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-2,2'-bithiophene (75): (75) was prepared according to protocol E.
[00339] Synthesis of S098: S098 was prepared on 15.5 mmol scale (35 % yield) according to protocol HI . Ή NMR (400 MHz, CD2C12) δ 6.93 - 6.89 (m, 4H), 6.87 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, 2H), 6.76 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, 2H), 6.68 - 6.63 (m, 4H), 6.14 (s, 2H), 3.48 (s, 6H), 1.41 (s, 18H).
[00340] Example 55: Synthesis of S103 (3,3*-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5-(4- bromophenyl)-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiophene)) and SI 16 (4-(4-(2-(5-(4-bromophenyl)-2-(4- methoxyphenyl)thiophen-3-yl)-3 ,3 ,4,4,5 ,5-hexafluorocyclopent- 1 -en- 1 -yl)-5-(4- methoxyphenyl)thiophen-2-yl)-N,N-bis(4-chlorophenyl)aniline) (Scheme 65)
Figure imgf000103_0001
Figure imgf000103_0002
Figure imgf000103_0003
[00341] Synthesis of 3-bromo-5-(4-bromophenyl)-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiophene (76): (76) was prepared on 24.6 mmol scale (86 % yield) according to protocol D.
[00342] Synthesis of SI 03: S103 was prepared on 0.58 mmol scale (4.7 % yield) according to protocol H3. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.50 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 4H), 7.26 - 7.22 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 4H), 6.90 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.59 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.35 (s, 2H), 3.42 (s, 6H).
[00343] Synthesis of bis(4-chlorophenyl)amine (77): Under air, a 500-mL rbf was charged with (4-chlorophenyl)boronic acid (15.0 g, 96.0 mmol, 1 eq.), NH2OH.HCl (8.0 g, 1 15 mmol, 1.2 eq.), CuBr (2.75 g, 19.18 mmol, 0.2 eq.), K2C03 (19.89 g, 144.0 mmol, 1.5 eq.), and CH3CN (320 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 70 °C for 24 h. The completion of the reaction was monitored by TLC. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on a silica gel using 10% - 20% EtOAc in hexanes to give the product as brown oil that solidifies when dried under vacuum. [00344] Synthesis of SI 16: In a one-neck 100-mL RBF containing SI 03 (350 mg, 0.406 mmol, 1 eq.), 213 mg of bis(4-chlorophenyl)amine (0.893 mmol, 2.2 eq.) were added followed by 100 mg of potassium tert-butoxide (0.893 mmol, 2.2 eq.). Xylene (20 mL) was then added and the mixture was deoxygenated for one hour using argon. Pd(dppf)Cl2 (6.55 mg, 9.33 μιηοΐ, 0.023 eq.) was then added to the reaction mixture and the RBF was connected to a condenser, where the reaction was heated to 130 °C for 48 hours. The heat was stopped and the reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to RT. The mixture was vacuum filtered through silica to remove the insoluble inorganics/catalyst and washed with DCM. The solvents (Xylene and DCM) were then removed under vacuum to provide a yellow oil. The crude was deposited on silica then purified by chromatography column using a mixture of 5% DCM in hexanes. The polarity of the solvent was then increased gradually (7.5%, 10%, 12.5%, 18.75% of DCM in hexanes) according to the progress of the purification. The product was isolated as yellow solid in 6.03% yield (-25 mg). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.50 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 2H), 7.24 (s, 4H), 7.02 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 5H), 6.91 (dd, J= 8.5, 7.0 Hz, 5H), 6.61 (dd, J= 17.5, 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.35 (s, 1H), 6.26 (s, 1H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.42 (s, 3H).
[00345] Example 56: Synthesis of S104 and S105 (Scheme 66)
Figure imgf000104_0001
S104 [00346] Synthesis of S 105 (4.4'-(4.4"-f perfluorocvclopent- 1 -ene- 1.2-divnbis(5'-(tert-butyl)- r2.2'-bithiophene1-5.4-diyl^diphenol): To a solution of S098 (1.36 g, 1.64 mmol) in 100 mL of CH2CI2 at RT was added BBr3 (1.0 M, 10 mL, 3 eq.).The resulting mixture was stirred for 12 h. MeOH was then added slowly to quench the reaction and the mixture was poured into water (300 mL) and extracted with EtOAc. Organic solvents were removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (hexanes - 5 to 20% EtOAc gradient). The yellow solid was obtained and dried in vacuum to give 0.97 g of S105. Yield 74%. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 6.88 - 6.81 (m, 6H), 6.73 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 2H), 6.65 - 6.57 (m, 4H), 6.21 - 6.11 (m, 2H), 4.84 - 4.62 (m, 2H), 1.41 (d, J= 6.1 Hz, 18H). [00347] Synthesis of S104 (4.4"-(perfluorocvclopent-l-ene-1.2-diyl)bis(5'-(tert-butyl -5-(4- (2-methoxyethoxy phenyl -2,2'-bithiophene : To a solution of SI 05 (0.9 g, 1.12 mmol) in 100 mL of acetonitrile at RT was added potassium carbonate (1.56 g, 11.2 mmol).The resulting mixture was stirred for 0.5 h and 2-bromoethyl methyl ether (1.55 g, 11.2 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux and stirred for 9 h. After completion, the mixture was poured into water (300 mL) and extracted with EtOAc. Organic solvents were removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (hexanes - 20% EtOAc). The yellow solid was obtained, sonicated in ether/methanol (10:1) and dried in vacuum to give 0.79 g (77 %) of SI 04. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.87 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.83 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 2H), 6.73 - 6.71 (m, 2H), 6.68 (t, J= 7.7 Hz, 4H), 6.13 (s, 2H), 3.73 (d, J= 4.4 Hz, 4H), 3.62 (dd, J= 9.0, 4.3 Hz, 4H), 3.42 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 6H), 1.40 (d, J= 4.7
Hz, 18H).
[00348] Example 57: Synthesis of S108 - 4,4"-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5'- (tert-butyl)-5-(4-(2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)phenyl)-2",2"'-bithiophene (Scheme
67)
Figure imgf000105_0001
[00349] Synthesis of SI 08: Potassium carbonate (25 g, 180 mmol, 3 eq.) was added to a suspension of S105 (48.1 g, 60 mmol, leq.) and 2-(2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethyl 4- methylbenzenesulfonate (46) (38.2 g, 120 mmol, 2 eq.) in anhydrous acetonitrile (800 mL) under argon and the mixture was stirred overnight at reflux. The reaction was cooled and all solids were filtered off. The filtrate was concentrated and flash chromatography (CombiFlash, 20 % EtOAC/hexanes to 60 % EtOAc/hexanes) afforded SI 08 (44 g; 67%) as a thick dark blue oil. Ή NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.86 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.82 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 2H), 6.71 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 2H), 6.67 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.12 (s, 2H), 3.72 (m, 12H), 3.64 (m, 8H), 3.55 (m, 4H), 3.38 (s, 6H), 1.40 (s, 18H). [00350] Example 58: Synthesis of S106, S128 and S170 (Scheme 68)
Figure imgf000106_0001
[00351] Synthesis of SI 70. S170 4,4'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5'-tert-butyl-5- (thiopheyl)-2,2'-bithiophene) was prepared on 17 mmol scale (78 % yield) according to protocol E.
[00352] Synthesis of S106 (3.3,-r3,.3""-(perfluorocvclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bisr5"-(tert- butvn-[2,2':5'.2"-terthiophene]-5,3'-divn bis(pentan-3-om: To a solution of S170 (6 g, 7.68 mmol) in THF (250 mL) at -35 °C was added n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexanes, 10 mL; 25 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 20 min. and the temperature reached - 10 °C. Di-ethyl ketone (2 g, 23 mmol) in THF (25 mL) was added to the reaction which was allowed to warm to RT and quenched with 10% HC1, extracted with ether/EtOAc. Organic solution was dried and evaporated. Column purification provided target di-alcohol (6.18 g, 6.48 mmol) in 84% yield as a slowly solidifying liquid. !H NMR (400 MHz, CDC,3) δ 6.90 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 2H), 6.76 - 6.72 (m, 2H), 6.60 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, 2H), 6.56 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, 2H), 6.44 (s, 2H), 1.72 (dd, J = 14.1, 7.4 Hz, 4H), 1.62 - 1.55 (m, 4H + 2H OH), 1.40 (s, 18H), 0.75 (t, .7= 7.4 Hz, 12H)
[00353] Synthesis of S128 (13,13·-(3',3""-(ρ6Γί υο^ϋ1ορ6ηΐ-1-6η6-1,2^1)Η8(5Μ-(ΐ6Π- butyl)-[2,2':5',2"-terthiophene]-5,3'-diyl))bis(13-ethyl-3,6,9,12-tetraoxapentadecane)): NaH (0.1 g, 2.5 mmol, 60% dispersion in oil) was added to a solution of SI 06 (0.95 g, 0.997 mmol) in THF (50 mL) under argon. The reaction mixture was stirred for 0.25 h at RT. To resulting suspension was added a solution of (103) (0.73 g, 2.5 mmol) in anhydrous THF (10 mL) in one portion and the mixture was stirred for 1 h at RT and then refluxed for 2h.
Reaction was quenched by addition of saturated brine (100 mL) and extracted with ether. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over MgS04, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by column chromatography using a hexane/EtOAc gradient as the eluent to obtain S128 (0.446 g, 0.35 mmol; 35%) as thick dark green oil. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) 5 6.84 (t, J= 4.3 Hz, 2H), 6.70 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 2H), 6.56 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 2H), 6.53 - 6.50 (m, 2H), 6.46 (s, 2H), 3.64 (dq, J= 9.6, 3.7 Hz, 16H), 3.57 (qd, J= 8.2, 3.4 Hz, 14H), 3.53 - 3.45 (m, 9H), 3.26 (dd, J= 11.9, 6.8 Hz, 5H), 1.82 - 1.68 (m, 12H), 1.40 (d, J= 5.9 Hz, 21 H), 1.23 - 1.16 (m, 14H), 0.79 - 0.69 (m, 16H).
[00354] Example 59: Synthesis of S109 - 4,4"-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5'- (tert-butyl)-5-(4-(2-(2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)phenyl)-2,2'-bithiophene) (Scheme 69)
Figure imgf000108_0001
Figure imgf000108_0002
[00355] Synthesis of 2-(2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (103): In a 3-neck, 2 L rbf, NaOH (135 g, 3.37 mol) was added slowly to water (1 L). After the addition was complete, the solution was cooled to room temperature and DCM (2 L) added, followed by triethylene glycol monoethyl ether (500 g, 2.81 mol). jo-Toluenesulfonyl chloride (535 g, 2.81 mol) was added portion- wise over a period of 10 minutes, and the mixture refluxed for 2 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was poured into water (2 L), mixed well and separated. The organic phase was washed with water (2 x 2 L), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting clear, colourless oil was stirred at room temperature with a 10 % aqueous NaOH solution (1 L) to hydrolyze unreacted /7-toluenesulfonyl chloride. After 18 hours, the material was poured into water (1 L), extracted with chloroform (500 mL) and separated. The organic portion was washed with water (2 L), 10 % HC1 (2 L) and water (2 L). The material was dried over anhydrous MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotavap to afford (103) as a clear, colourless oil (595 g, 64 %).
Synthesis of SI 09: SI 05 (70.0 g, 80 mmol), potassium carbonate (44.2 g, 320 mmol) and potassium iodide (2.7 g, 16.0 mmol) in acetonitrile (1.2 L) was combined with (103) (55.8 g, 168 mmol) and the reaction heated to reflux for 16 hours. After cooling to RT, the material was filtered through a pad of celite, the filtrate washed with EtOAc (500 mL) and the combined organics were concentrated to dryness by rotary evaporation. The dried material was redissolved in DCM (500 mL) and dry-loaded onto silica gel, and purified by flash chromatography (Combi-flash; 15 % hexanes to 40 % EtOAc/hexanes) to afford a dark green oil 70.0 g (78 %). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.86 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 4H), 6.82 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 2H), 6.71 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 2H), 6.67 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 4H), 6.12 (s, 2H), 3.77 - 3.64 (m, 20H), 3.61 - 3.57 (m, 4H), 3.52 (q, J= 7.0 Hz, 4H), 1.40 (s, 18H), 1.21 (t, J= 7.0 Hz, 6H)
[00356] .Example 60: Synthesis of S110 - 2,2'-(4,4'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiophene-4,2-diyl))bis(benzo[b]thiophene) (Scheme 70)
Figure imgf000109_0001
[00357] Synthesis of 2-(4-bromo-5-(4-methoxyphenyl)thiophen-2-yl)benzo[b]thiophene (79): (79) was prepared from (61) on 24.2 mmol scale (56 % yield) according to protocol D.
[00358] Synthesis of SI 10: SI 10 was prepared on 2.45 mmol scale (39 % yield) according to protocol H3. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.80 (d, J= 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.74 (d, J= 7.1 Hz, 2H), 7.39 - 7.30 (m, 4H), 7.27 (s, 2H), 6.94 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.65 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.35 (s, 2H), 3.34 (s, 6H).
[00359] Example 61: Synthesis of Sill - 3,3'-(4,4,-(4,4'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5'-tert-butyl-2,2'-bithiophene-5,4-diyl))bis(4,l-phenylene)bis(oxy))dipropan-l-ol (Scheme 71)
Figure imgf000110_0001
S111
[00360] To a solution of SI 05 (2 g, 2.5 mmol) in 100 niL of acetone at RT was added potassium carbonate (1.56 g, 11.2 mmol) and 18-crown-6 (6.6 g, 25 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred for 0.5 h and 3-bromopropanol (1.4 g, 10 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux and stirred for 9 h. After completion the mixture was poured into water (300 mL) and extracted with hexanes. Organic solvents were removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (hexanes - 40% EtOAc). Two dark green oils were obtained and dried in vacuum. The top one solidified by addition of small amount of chloroform and was sonicated in hexanes/ether mixture (5:1). The light yellow solid was then filtered and dried in air to give 1.46 g of S 111. Yield 41%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.90 - 6.86 (m, 4H), 6.83 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 2H), 6.73 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 2H), 6.69 - 6.65 (m, 4H), 6.14 (s, 2H), 3.83 - 3.75 (m, 8H), 1.93 (p, J= 5.9 Hz, 4H), 1.41 (s, 17H). [00361] Example 62: Synthesis of S112 - 4,4'-((4,4"-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5'-(tert-butyl)-[2,2'-bithiophene]-5,4-diyl))bis(4, 1 -phenylene))dimorpholine (Scheme 72)
Figure imgf000111_0001
[00362] Synthesis of 4.5-dibromo-2.2'-bithiophene (80): (80) was prepared on 20.3 mmol scale (53 % yield) according to protocol B. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.27 (dd, J= 5.5, 1.5 Hz, IH), 7.13 (dd, J= 3.6, 1.1 Hz, IH), 7.02 (dd, J= 5.1, 3.6 Hz, IH), 6.97 (s, IH).
[00363] Synthesis of 4-(4-(4-bromo-r2,2'-bithiophenl-5-yl)phenvnmorpholine (82): (82) was prepared on 25.3 mmol scale (62 % yield) according to protocol D. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.60 (d, J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 7.25 (dd, J= 5.1, 1.1 Hz, IH), 7.17 (dd, J= 3.6, 1.1 Hz, IH), 7.10 (s, IH), 7.03 (dd, J= 5.1 , 3.6 Hz, IH), 6.95 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 3.93 - 3.85 (m, 4H), 3.27 - 3.20 (m, 4H).
[00364] Synthesis of 4-(4-(4-bromo-5,-(tert-butyl)-[2,2'-bithiophen1-5-yl)phenyl) morpholine (83): (83) was prepared on 23 mmol scale (79 % yield) according to protocol E.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.59 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 7.02 (s, IH), 6.97 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, IH), 6.94 (d, J= 8.9 Hz, 2H), 6.74 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, IH), 3.90 - 3.85 (m, 4H), 3.25 - 3.21 (m, 4H), 1.40 (s, 9H). [00365] Synthesis of SI 12: SI 12 was prepared on 1.38 mmol scale (13 % yield) according to protocol G. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.86 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.12 (s, 1H), 3.77 - 3.70 (m, 4H), 2.88 - 2.83 (m, 4H), 1.41 (s, 9H). [00366] Example 63: Synthesis of SI 13 and SI 15 (Scheme 73)
Figure imgf000112_0001
[00367] Synthesis of carboxylic acid chloride terminated polv(dimethylsiloxane (84):
Carboxylic acid terminated poly(dimethylsiloxane) (15 g, ca. 10 mmol) was dissolved in dry DCM (100 mL) under nitrogen and a small drop of DMF was added. To the mixture was added oxalyl chloride (6 mL) in one portion. The mixture was stirred at RT for no more than 30 min. The solvent and excess reagent were removed under vacuum and residual traces of oxalyl chloride were removed with the aid of evaporation of 1,2-dichloroethane. The acid chloride product (84) was used immediately.
Syntheses of SI 13 and SI 15: SI 11 (4.1 g, 4.47 mmol) was dissolved in dry DCM (150 mL) followed by the addition of triethylamine (1.2 g, 1.6 mL, 11.7 mmol), under argon. Acid chloride end-functionalized PDMS (84) was then added dropwise in 1,2-dichloroethane (10 mmol) and the mixture was left to stir at RT overnight. The solvent was then removed under vacuum, the residue re-dissolved in diethyl ether-hexane (1 :1) and the mixture filtered through a plug of silica gel. The solvent was removed and the remaining oily residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel, hexanes:EtOAc 8 : 1) to give the pure PDMS conjugate as a viscous oil: fraction 1 (SI 15) - 17 g; fraction 2 (SI 13) - 1.4 g. SI 13: Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.90 - 6.85 (m, 4H), 6.82 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 2H), 6.72 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 2H), 6.68 - 6.62 (m, 4H), 6.13 (s, 2H), 4.20 (t, J= 6.4 Hz, 4H), 3.71 (t, J= 5.9 Hz, 4H), 2.30 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 4H), 2.04 - 1.94 (m, 5H), 1.68 - 1.51 (m, 10H), 1.40 (s, 18H), 1.31 - 1.19 (m, 30H), 0.91 - 0.84 (m, 7H), 0.07 (d, J= 3.5 Hz, 25H).
Example 64: Synthesis of S118 (Scheme 74)
Figure imgf000113_0001
[00368] Synthesis of SI 18: In a 100 mL rbf equipped with a stirbar, SI 05 (0.99 g, 1.24 mmol) and imidazole (0.37 g, 5.44 mmol) were dissolved in DCM (50 mL).
Tris(OTMS)chlorosilane (1.7 mL) was added and an immediate white precipitate was observed. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at RT for 10 minutes, then poured into water (200 mL), mixed well and separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (50 mL) and the combined organics were washed with water (250 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting oil was sonicated in MeOH (50 mL) until a fine yellow powder precipitated, which was filtered and air-dried, 1.20 g (70 %) 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.86 - 6.81 (m, 6H), 6.75 - 6.69 (m, 6H), 6.14 (s, 2H), 1.40 (s, 18H), 0.1 1 (s, 54H).
[00369] Example 65: Synthesis of SI 19 and S124 (Scheme 75)
Figure imgf000114_0001
Figure imgf000114_0002
[00370] Bromination of SI 70 - :To the solution of S170 (1.06 g; 1.357 mmol) in the mixture of acetic acid (30.0 mL) and DCM (30.0 mL) was added at stirring bromine (0.434 g; 2.71 mmol) as a solution in DCM (20 mL). The mixture was stirred at RT for 20 min (TLC). DCM was evaporated The product which started to precipitate from acetic acid was poured into water and filtered off, washed with water and dried in air to give 1.26 g (1.34 mmol; 99% yield) of non-separable mixture of two compounds (85) and (86). The mixture was used in the next step.
Synthesis of SI 19 + S 124: To the solution of the mixture from bromination step (2.75 g, 2.93 mmol) in ether (150 mL) was added at stirring n-BuLi (2.58 mL; 6.45 mmol) as a solution in hexane at -74 °C. The mixture was stirred for 20 min (TLC). Dry ice was rinsed with ether and added to the cold reaction which was allowed to warm to RT and quenched with 10% HC1, extracted with ether/EtOAc. Organic solution was dried and evaporated. Column purification provided target SI 19 (0.75 g, 0.86 mmol) in 46% yield. S124 was isolated in 35% yield (0.6 g, 0.66 mmol). _S1 19: Ή NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 13.17 (s, 2H), 7.43 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 2H), 6.85 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 2H), 6.82 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 2H), 6.40 (s, 2H), 1.38 (s, 18H). S124: 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 13.14 (s, 3H), 7.48 (d, J = 3.8 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J - 3.8 Hz, 1H), 7.19 - 7.13 (m, 1H), 7.05 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (dd, J = 6.0, 3.8 Hz, 3H), 6.73 (s, 1H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 1.38 (d, J = 3.8 Hz, 9H), 1.37 (s, 9H). [00371] Example 66: Synthesis of S135 - 3',3""-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l ,2- diyl)bis(5,5"- bis(trimethylsilyl)-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene) (Scheme 76)
[00372] Lithium diisopropylamide (LDA) was made by addition of BuLi (3.21 mL, 8.03 mmol) to a solution of diisopropylamine (1.158 mL, 8.21 mmol) in anhydrous THF (8 mL) at 0 °C and the solution stirred at this temperature for 30 min. The LDA solution was then added to a solution of S001 (1.22 g, 1.824 mmol) in THF (12 mL) at 0 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min then cooled to -78 °C and chlorotrimethylsilane (1.389 mL, 10.94 mmol) added. The reaction mixture was stirred with warming to RT over 2 h and stirred at RT for 18 h. The reaction was quenched by addition of water (10 mL). Organics were extracted with diethyl ether (2 x 30 mL), washed with brine (10 mL), dried over MgSOzi, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes to yield the title compound as a yellow solid (1.0 g, 57 %). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.11 (d, J= 3.4 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J = 3.4 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J = 3.4 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (d, J - 3.4 Hz, 1H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 0.34 (s, 9H), 0.15 (s, 9H).
[00373] Example 67: Synthesis of S137 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l ,2-diyl)bis(2-(5- methylthiophen-2-yl)benzofuran) (Scheme 77)
Figure imgf000115_0001
S137
[00374] Synthesis of 2,3-dibromobenzofuran (87): To a stirred DCM solution (200 mL) containing benzofuran (24 g, 203 mmol) and potassium acetate (40 g, 408 mmol) 64.9 g of bromine (406 mmol) was slowly added at 20°C as a solution in DCM (100 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at RT, poured into sodium thiosulfate solution and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgS04, and the solution was evaporated. CombiFlash chromatography (hexanes) gave 33.6 g of the target product in 60% isolated yield. [00375] Synthesis of 3-bromo-2-(5-methylthiophen-2-vnbenzofuran (88 : (88) was prepared on 41.8 mmol scale (96 % yield) according to protocol B.
[00376] Synthesis of SI 37: S137 was prepared on 4.6 mmol scale (33 % yield) according to protocol H3. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.34 - 7.28 (m, 4H), 7.24 - 7.18 (m, 2H), 7.11 (dd, J= 11.2, 4.2 Hz, 2H), 6.77 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 2H), 6.25 (d, J= 3.4 Hz, 2H), 2.17 (s, 6H).
[00377] Example 68: Synthesis of S138 (Scheme 78)
Figure imgf000116_0001
[00378] 3.43 g of S001 (0.75 mmol) in THF (100 mL) at -20 °C was added a solution of n- BuLi (9.4 mL, 23.3 mmol. 4.5 equiv) and stirred at -20 °C for 10 min, followed by addition of (135) (6.6 g, 23.3 mmol) in THF (50 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h, warmed to room temperature and quenched by addition of water (30 mL). Organics were extracted with ether (2 x 100 mL), washed with brine (100 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (hexanes/ethyl acetate) afforded S138 (1.2 g, 14 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.15 - 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.12 - 7.09 (m, 2H), 6.88 (d, J= 3.4 Hz, 2H), 6.70 (d, J= 3.4 Hz, 2H), 6.40 (s, 2H), 3.38 - 3.28 (m, 60H), 1.69 - 1.62 (m, 12H), 1.56 (m, 12H), 0.91 - 0.82 (m, 12H), 0.75 - 0.68 (m, 12H).
[00379] Example 69: Synthesis of S139 - 5,5*-(((4,4'*-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l ,2- diyl)bis(5'-(tert-butyl)-[2^2m-bithiophene]-5",4-diyl))bis(4,lphenylene))bis(oxy))
dipentanenitrile (Scheme 79)
Figure imgf000117_0001
[00380] Synthesis of SI 39: In a 500-mL 3-neck rbf, 10 g of the S105 (12.49 mmol, 1 eq.) and 415 mg of potassium iodide (2.497 mmol, 0.2 eq.) were dissolved in 250 mL of acetonitrile at RT under argon. To this, 5-bromovaleronitrile (3.21 mL, 4.45 g, 27.5 mmol, 2.2 eq.) was added in one portion and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux. Upon dissolution of SI 05, potassium carbonate (6.90 g, 49.9 mmol, 4 eq.) was added and the mixture was stirred for 16 hr at reflux. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT, and filtered through a fritted funnel. The product was re-dissolved in DCM and deposited on silica gel and purified by column chromatography (Combi Flash R/(120 g gold column). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.88 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.83 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 2H), 6.73 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, 2H), 6.65 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.13 (s, 2H), 3.64 (m, 4H), 2.42 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, 4H), 1.89 - 1.76 (m, 8H), 1.41 (s, 18H).
[00381] Example 70: Synthesis of S140 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(6- methoxy-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)benzofuran) (Scheme 80)
Figure imgf000117_0002
Figure imgf000118_0001
[00382] Synthesis of (E)- !-((! .2-dichlorovinyl)oxy)-3-methoxybenzene (89): (89) was prepared on 1461 mmol scale (97 %) yield according to protocol I to give (E)-l-((l,2- dichlorovinyl)oxy)-3-methoxybenzene (19.5 g, 89 mmol, 73.7 % yield) as colorless oil.
[00383] Synthesis of 6-methoxy-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)benzofuran (90): (90) was prepared on 28.4 mmol scale (62.2 %) yield according to protocol J, using olefin (89) to provide 6- methoxy-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)benzofuran (7.22 g, 28.4 mmol, 62.2 % yield).
[00384] Synthesis of 3-bromo-6-methoxy-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)benzofuran (91): 91) was prepared on 21 mmol scale (74 %) yield according to protocol F4.
[00385] Synthesis of SI 40: S140 was prepared on 0.74 mmol scale (16 % yield) according to protocol H2. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.05 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.00 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 6.81 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 2H), 6.68 (dd, J= 8.7, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 6.45 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 4H), 3.83 (s, 6H), 3.63 (s, 6H).
[00386] Example 71: Synthesis of S141 - 5,5'-(4,4*-(4,4'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(5'-tert-butyl-2,2'-bithiophene-5,4-diyl))bis(4, 1 -phenylene)bis(oxy))dipentanoic acid (Scheme 81)
Figure imgf000119_0001
[00387] Synthesis of S 141 : A suspension of SI 39 (7.3 g, 7.58 mmol) and KOH (8.76 g, 152 mmol) in a water ethanol mixture (1 :1 ; 150 mL) was heated at reflux for two weeks. The solution was allowed to cool to RT, and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The aqueous suspension was diluted with 200 mL of water, extracted with ether, and then acidified with 6 N HCl. a solid formed and was filtered off, washed with water and dried, then sonicated in ether/hexanes and filtered. The yellow solid was dried under vacuum to give 5.8 g (76%) of pure S141. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.87 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 4H), 6.82 (d, J= 3.4 Hz, 2H), 6.72 (d, J= 3.4 Hz, 2H), 6.65 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 4H), 6.13 (s, 2H), 3.64 (s, 4H), 2.43 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 4H), 1.76 (s, 8H), 1.40 (s, 18H).
[00388] Example 72: Synthesis of S143 - 3,3"'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(5,5"- di-tert-butyl-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene) (Scheme 82)
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000120_0002
Figure imgf000120_0003
[00389] Synthesis of f2.2'-bithiophenV5-yl-boronic acid (109 : In a flame-dried, 3-neck, 250 mL rbf, 2,2'-bithiophene (5.0 g, 30.1 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (100 mL) and cooled to -78 °C (dry ice/acetone). A solution of n-BuLi in hexanes (2.5 M, 12.6 mL, 31.6 mmol) was added slowly over a period of ~5 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at -78 °C for 15 minutes, and then trimethyl borate (10.1 mL, 90 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of 5 minutes. The reaction was allowed to stir at -78 °C for 2 hours, then warm to RT and stir for a further 1 hour. The yellow reaction mixture was quenched by pouring it into a 10 % HC1 solution (250 mL). The mixture was extracted with ether (2 x 100 mL) and the combined organic portions were washed with water (500 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting yellow solid was washed with water, filtered and air dried to afford (109) (6.15 g, 97 %). The material was used in the next step without further purification. [00390] Synthesis of 3-bromo-2.2':5',2"-terthiophene (1 1 1): (111) was prepared on 21.6 mmol scale (37 % yield) according to protocol D. [00391] Synthesis of 3-bromo-5,5"-di-t-butyl-2,2':5'.2"-terthiophene (112 : (112 was prepared on 3.66 mmol scale (98 % yield) according to protocol E.
[00392] Synthesis of 5.5"-di-tert-butyl-3-(perfluorocvclopent-l-en-l-vn-2.2':5',2"- terthiophene (113): In a flame-dried, 1 L rbf, 3-bromo-5,5"-di-t-butyl-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene (112, 4 g, 9.10 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous diethyl ether (400 mL) and cooled to -48 °C (dry ice/acetone). n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexanes, 1.5 mL, 3.82 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of 5 minutes. The resulting yellow solution was allowed to stir for 20 minutes, then octafluorocyclopentene (0.24 mL, 1.82 mmol) was added in one portion. The reaction mixture warmed to -45 °C. The reaction mixture was allowed to mix and slowly warm to 5 °C, and then was poured into water (300 mL) and mixed well, then acidified with 10 % HC1 (100 mL). The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL). The combined organics were washed with water (500 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting dark orange oil was redissolved in chloroform and dry-loaded onto silica gel. Flash chromatography (hexanes) afforded a yellow oil, which was sonicated in methanol, filtered and air dried to afford 113 as a bright yellow, powdery solid (3.62 g, 72 %).
[00393] Synthesis of S143: S143 was prepared on 1.90 mmol scale (42 % yield) according to protocol HI . 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.90 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, 2H), 6.71 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, 2H), 6.55 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 2H), 6.27 (s, 2H), 1.39 (s, 18H), 1.14 (d, J = 6.1 Hz, 18H).
[00394] Example 73: Synthesis of S144 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(6- methoxy-2-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)benzofuran) (Scheme 83)
Figure imgf000122_0001
Figure imgf000122_0002
S144
[00395] Synthesis of ( Z)-2-(2-chloro- 1 -( 3 -methoxyphenoxy)vinyl)-5-methylthiophene ( 97) : (97) was prepared on 21.01 mmol scale (48.5 %) yield according to protocol J.
[00396] Synthesis of 6-methoxy-2-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)benzofuran (98): (Z)-2-(2- chloro-l-(3-methoxyphenoxy)vinyl)-5-methylthiophene (97) (4.7 g, 16.74 mmol), Pd2dba3 (0.178 g, 0.399 mmol), (oxybis(2,l-phenylene))bis(diphenylphosphine) (0.429 g, 0.797 mmol), cesium fluoride (7.27 g, 47.8 mmol) and cesium carbonate (15.58 g, 47.8 mmol) were placed into a 250-mL three-neck rbf, sealed with a septum and purged with argon for 20-30 minutes. 100 mL dioxane was added. The solution was vigorously stirred and brought to reflux for 18 hours and cooled. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM once more. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried with anhydrous MgS04, filtered and concentrated. The product was purified by column to provide (98) (3.38 g, 13.83 mmol, 87 % yield). [00397] Synthesis of 3-^οηιο-6-Γ 6ί1ιοχν-2-(5-η 6ΐ1ιν1ΐ1ιίορ1ΐ6η-2-ν1^6ηζοίυΓ η (99): (99) was prepared on 13.5 mmol scale (100 % yield) according to protocol F4.
[00398] Synthesis of SI 44: SI 44 was prepared on 1.3 mmol scale (19 % yield) according to protocol H3. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.16 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.85 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 2H), 6.75 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 6.72 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 2H), 6.27 (dd, J= 3.5, 1.0 Hz, 2H), 3.83 (s, 6H), 2.19 (s, 6H).
Example 74: Synthesis of S148 - 4",4,m-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(3,4,4",5,5"- pentamethyl-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene) (Scheme 84)
Figure imgf000123_0001
[00399] Synthesis of 4',4""- ρ6Γΐ1ηο^νϋ1ορ6ηΜ-εη6-1,2-άίν1^ί5 3^^ο-4,4",5,5"- tetramethyl-2.2':5'.2"-terthiophene) (99a): To a solution of S011 (0.56 g, 0.78 mmol) in dry DCM at -20 °C was added a solution of bromine (0.23 g, 1.437 mmol). The mixture was stirred at RT for 5 h, washed with water and extracted with ether. The organic layer was separated and the solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The residue was sonicated in ether/methanol (1 :5), filtered and dried to afford a yellow solid (0.51 g, 76 %).
[00400] Synthesis of S148: n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexane, 0.45 mL, 1.13 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 99a (0.41 g, 0.437 mmol) in THF (35 mL) at -30 °C. After 10 minutes, iodomethane (1 mL, 16.1 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred and warmed to RT, then stirred for another 30 min. and solvents were evaporated. The residue was washed with water and extracted with hexanes, dried over MgS04, and the solvent evaporated to give SI 48 as a yellow solid (0.34 lg, 0.421 mmol, 97 % crude yield). The chromophore was purified by preparative TLC using hexanes/DCM (25%) as eluent. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 6.42 (s, 2H), 6.41 (s, 2H), 2.37 (s, 6H), 2.23 (s, 6H), 2.10 (s, 6H), 2.06 (s, 6H), 1.91 (s, 6H). [00401] Example 75: Synthesis of S149 - 3',3'm-(perfiuorocyclopent-l- diyl)bis(4,4"-dimethyl-2,2':5',2"-terthiophene) (Scheme 85)
Figure imgf000124_0001
[00402] Synthesis of 3'-bromo-4.4"-dimethyl-2.2':5',2"-terthiophene (124): (124) was prepared on 29 mmol scale (66 % yield) according to protocol D.
[00403] Synthesis of SI 49: S149 was prepared on 4.79 mmol scale (33 % yield) according to protocol HI . 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.88 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 2H), 6.81 (s, 2H), 6.72 (s, 2H), 6.48 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 2H), 6.40 (s, 2H), 2.26 (s, 6H), 1.98 (s, 6H).
[00404] Example 76: Synthesis of S151 - 3,3*-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l ,2-diyl)bis(2-(4- (tert-butyl)phenyl)-6-methoxybenzofuran) (Scheme 86)
Figure imgf000125_0001
[00405] Synthesis of 2-(4-tert-butylphenyl -6-methoxybenzofuran (125); (125) was prepared on 13.0 mmol scale (52 %) yield according to protocol J. Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.79 - 7.71 (m, 2H), 7.48 - 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.43 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 6.87 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 1.36 (s, 9H).
[00406] Synthesis of 3-bromo-6-methoxy-2-(5-methylthiophen-2-yl)benzofuran (126): (126) was prepared on 12.8 mmol scale (98 % yield) according to protocol F4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.1 1 - 8.02 (m, 2H), 7.54 - 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.40 (d, J- 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J- 2.1 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (dd, J= 8.6, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 1.37 (s, 9H).
[00407] Synthesis of S151 : S151 was prepared on 0.73 mmol scale (14 % yield) according to protocol H3. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.16 - 7.03 (m, 10H), 6.77 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 2H), 6.65 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 6H), 1.16 (s, 18H).
[00408] Example 77: Synthesis of S152 - 3,3*-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2-(5'- (tert-butyl)-[2,2'-bithiophen]-5-yl)-6-methoxybenzofuran) (Scheme 87)
Figure imgf000126_0001
Figure imgf000126_0002
S152
[00409] Synthesis of 5-(tert-butyl)-2,2'-bithiophene (114): 2,2'-bithiophene (10 g, 60.1 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (300 mL) and 2-chloro-2-methylpropane (7.95 g, 72.2 mmol) was added. Aluminum chloride (8.82 g, 66.2 mmol) was added in one portion, and the colourless solution turned a green/brown colour immediately. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, then was poured into water (500 mL), mixed well and separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with DCM (200 mL) and the combined organics were washed with brine (2 x 400 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation to afford a clear, green oil (13.3 g, 99 %) that was used in the next step without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.17 (dd, J = 5.1, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (dd, J - 3.6, 1.1 Hz, 1H), (dd, J = 5.1, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.73 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, 1H), 1.40 (s, 9H).
[00410] Synthesis of (5'-(tert-butyl)-r2,2'-bithiophen]-5-yl)boronic acid (1 15): In a flame- dried, 500 mL round bottom flask, 5-(t-butyl)-2,2'-bithiophene (from Ul 52-001, 13 g, 58.5 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (200 mL) and the solution was cooled to -78 °C (dry ice/acetone), n-butyl lithium (2.5 M in hexanes, 25.7 mL, 64.3 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of 10 minutes, and the resulting green solution was allowed to stir for 1 minutes. Trimethyl borate (19.6 mL, 175 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of 10 minutes, and the resulting light yellow solution was stirred for 2 hours at -78 °C, then allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction was quenched by pouring it into 10 % HC1 (500 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase extracted with ether (250 mL). The combined organics were washed with water (500 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting green solid was dried under vacuum to afford 15 g (96 % yield), which was used in the next step without further purification.
[00411] Synthesis of (Z)-5- ert-butyl)-5'-(2-chloro-l-(3-methoxyphenoxy vinyl)-2,2'- bithiophene (1 16): In a 3 neck, 1 L round bottom flask, (5'-(t-butyl)-[2,2"-bithiophenene]-5- boronic acid (10.5 g, 39.4 mmol), (E)-l-((l,2-dichloro vinyl )oxy)-3-methoxybenzene (8.2 g, 37.6 mmol), were dissolved in THF (200 mL) and KOH (4.4 g, 79 mmol) in water (130 mL)was added. The reaction mixture was deoxygenated by bubbling argon through the solution for 1 hour. Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0) (2.17 g, 1.9 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 18 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was poured into water (500 mL), mixed well and separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with ether (250 mL) and the combined organics were washed with water (500 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting orange slurry was redissolved in DCM and deposited on silica. Flash chromatography (combi-flash, hexanes) afforded a yellow, powdery solid (2.97 g, 20 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.20 - 7.15 (m, 1H), 6.97 (d, J= 3.8 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J= 3.8 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, 1H), 6.62 - 6.57 (m, 3H), 6.34 (s, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 1.37 (s, 9H).
[00412] Synthesis of 2-(5'-(tert-butvn-[2<2'-bithiophen]-5-yl)-6-methoxybenzofuran (117): (Z)-5-(tert-butyl)-5'-(2-chloro-l-(3-methoxyphenoxy)vinyl)-2,2'-bithiophene (2.9 g, 7.16 mmol) and DPEphos (0.19 g, 0.36 mmol) were dissolved in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (40 mL).
Cesium carbonate (7.0 g, 21.5 mmol) and cesium fluoride (3.3 g, 21.5 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was deoxygenated by bubbling argon through it for 1 hour.
Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (0.16 g, 0.18 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 20 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was filtered, poured into water (250 mL), mixed well and separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with ether (2 x 200 mL) and the combined organics were washed with water (500 mL), dried over MgS04, filtered and solvent removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting brown solid was redissolved in DCM (250 mL) and deposited onto silica gel. Flash chromatography (combi-flash, hexanes) afforded a yellow, powdery solid, 1.53 g (58 %). Ή NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.40 (d, J= 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J= 3.8 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J= 3.8 Hz, 1H), 7.04 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J - 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (dd, J - 8.5, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 1.41 (s, 9H).
[00413] Synthesis of 3-bromo-2-(5'-(tert-butyl)-r2,2,-bithiophenl-5-yl)-6- methoxybenzofuran (118): (118) was prepared on 3.4 mmol scale (85 % yield) according to protocol F4. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.64 (d, J= 3.9 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J = 3.9 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (dd, J= 8.6, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 1.41 (s, 9H).
[00414] Synthesis of SI 52: S152 was prepared on 9.9 μη οΐ scale (0.6 % yield) according to protocol H2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.20 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (d, J = 3.8 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (dd, J= 8.8, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (d, J= 3.8 Hz, 1H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 1.42 (s, 9H).
[00415] Example 78: Synthesis of S154 (Scheme 88)
Figure imgf000128_0001
[00416] Synthesis of SI 54: LDA was made by addition of BuLi (0.9 mL, 2.25 mmol) to a solution of diisopropylamine (0.25 mL, 2.25 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at 0 °C with stirring for 10 min. S149 (0.365 g, 0.5 mmol) in THF (25 mL) was added with stirring at 0 °C for a further 10 min and cooled to -78 °C. Oxirane (0.11 g, 2.5 mmol) was added, and stirred for 2 hr with gradual warming to RT. The reaction was quenched with water (30 mL) and 10% HC1 solution. Organics were extracted with ether (2 x 100 mL), washed with brine (10 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate, giving S154. Yield 50 mg (11%). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.81 (s, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 6.39 (s, 1H), 3.87 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.55 (t, J= 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.97 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.70 (t, J= 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.88 (s, 4H).
[00417] Example 79: Synthesis of S155 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2- diyl)bis(2-(3 ,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-6-methoxybenzofuran) (Scheme 89)
Figure imgf000129_0001
[00418] Synthesis of 2-( ,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-6-methoxybenzofuran (123): (123) was prepared on 26.4 mmol scale (76.0 %) yield according to protocol J.
[00419] Synthesis of 3-bromo-2-r3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-6-methoxybenzofuran (124): (124) was prepared on 24.53 mmol scale (93 %) yield according to protocol F4.
[00420] Synthesis of SI 55: In a 100-mL round bottom flask, containing 3-bromo-2-(3,4- dimethoxyphenyl)-6-methoxybenzofuran (2 g, 5.51 mmol), a mixture of anhydrous tert-butyl methyl ether (Ratio: 2, Volume: 40 ml) and THF (Ratio: 1.000, Volume: 20.00 ml) was cooled down to -78 °C in an acetone/dry ice bath. Butyllithium (2.313 ml, 5.78 mmol) was added slowly followed by perfluorocyclopent-l-ene (0.369 ml, 2.75 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour, while the temperature was increasing gradually. The reaction was stopped by the addition of brine, and the mixture was transferred to a separation funnel. The organic layer was extracted with ethyl acetate and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The product was purified by chromatography column using Combi Flash i? eluting with pure hexanes, then crystallized from ethanol to provide 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene- l,2-diyl)bis(2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-6-methoxybenzofuran) (0.408 g, 0.551 mmol, 20 % yield) as yellow solid. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.98 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.83 (d, J =
2.1 Hz, 2H), 6.71 (dd, J= 8.7, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 6.60 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.59 (s, 2H), 6.32 (d, J=
8.2 Hz, 2H), 3.84 (s, 6H), 3.82 (s, 6H), 3.70 (s, 6H).
[00421] Example 80: Synthesis of S158 (Scheme 90)
Figure imgf000130_0001
[00422] To a solution of S170 (2 g, 2.56 mmol) in THF/ether (100 mL; 1 :1) at -10 - -15 °C was added a solution of n-BuLi (2.4 mL, 5.63 mmol). The reaction mixture turned brown, and was stirred for 15-20 min before chlorotris(3-methoxypropyl)silane (compound (135);1.6 g, 5.66 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at -10 --15 °C for 1 h (TLC) and quenched by methanol (6 mL) followed by water (6 mL). Saturated sodium chloride (30 mL) was then added. The mixture was extracted with ether, washed with brine and concentrated under reduced pressure. CombiFlash chromatography (eluent hexanes/ethyl acetate; gradient to 40%) provided 1.7 g (1.335 mmol; 52% yield) of S158. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 6.91 (d, J= 3.4 Hz, 2H), 6.86 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 2H), 6.72 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 2H), 6.69 (d, J= 3.4 Hz, 2H), 6.30 (s, 2H), 3.33 - 3.29 (m, 30H), 1.63 - 1.53 (m, 12H), 1.41 (s, 18H), 0.77 - 0.69 (m, 12H).
[00423] Example 81: Synthesis of S162 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2-(4- (tert-butyl)phenyl)benzofuran-6-ol) (Scheme 91)
Figure imgf000131_0001
[00424] Synthesis of SI 62: In a one neck round bottom flask containing a solution of 3,3'- (perfluorocyclopent- 1 -ene- 1 ,2-diyl)bis(2-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-6-methoxybenzofuran) ( 1 g, 1.365 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (Ratio: 1, Volume: 50 ml) at room temperature was added dropwise tribromoborane (1.8 ml, 18.68 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at reflux for 2 hours. The TLC after 2 hours showed that all the starting material was consumed. The reaction was quenched with methanol (vigorous reaction). The crude was washed with an aqueous solution of 10% HCl, extracted with DCM, then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solid obtained was deposited on silica gel and purified by chromatography column using CombiFlash Rf eluting with pure DCM to obtain the product 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)ben^ofuran-6-ol) (0.96 g, 1.362 mmol, 100 % yield) as fluffy yellow solid. Ή NMR (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.1 (AB, J = 8.4 Hz, 8H), 7.06 (m, 2H), 6.73 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 2H), 6.54 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 1.18 (s, 18H). [00425] Example 82: Synthesis of S161 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2-(4- (tert-butyl)phenyl)-6-(2-(2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)benzofuran) (Scheme 92)
Figure imgf000131_0002
[00426] Synthesis of S161 : In a one neck round bottomed flask, 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l- ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)benzofuran-6-ol) (0.9 g, 1.277 mmol) was dissolved in Acetonitrile (Ratio: 1, Volume: 50 ml) at room temperature under argon, then potassium carbonate (0.706 g, 5.11 mmol) was added. To the resulting suspension was added a solution of 2-(2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (103) (1.061 g, 3.19 mmol) in anhydrous acetonitrile in one portion and the mixture was stirred overnight at reflux. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to room temperature, poured into a separation funnel containing water. The organic layer was extracted with ethyl acetate and dried over magnesium sulfate. The filtrate was concentrated to provide the crude product as red/brown oil. The crude was loaded as solution into the chromatography column and purified using CombiFlash Rf (starting with 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes until 40% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to provide the product 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2-(4-(tert- butyl)phenyl)-6-(2-(2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)benzofuran) (1.2 g, 1.171 mmol, 92 % yield) as thick red oil (dark state). Ή NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.12 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 4H), 7.07 (m, 6H), 6.78 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 2H), 6.66 (dd, J = 8.8, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 4.08 (t, J = 4.68 Hz, 4H), 3.85 (t, J = 5.20 Hz, 4H), 3.74 (m, 4H), 3.72 - 3.63 (m, 8H), 3.60 (m, 4H), 3.53 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 4H), 1.21 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 6H), 1.16 (s, 18H).
[00427] Example 83: Synthesis of S163 - 7,7'-(perfluorocyclopent-l- diyl)bis(6-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-[ 1 ,3]dioxolo[4,5-f]benzofuran) (Scheme 93)
Figure imgf000133_0001
[00428] Synthesis of (EV5-(a -dichlorovinyr)oxy)benzord]r ldioxole (125): (125) was prepared on 644 mmol scale (89 %) yield according to protocol I.
[00429] Synthesis of 6-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-fL31dioxolor4,5-i1benzofuran (126): (126) was prepared on 43.1 mmol scale (68.2 %) overall yield according to protocol J. (126) was obtained as a mixture of two isomers (41 :59 ratio of produc by-product according to H NMR spectrum).
[00430] Synthesis of 7-bromo-6-(4-(tert-butvnphenylV 1.31dioxolor4.5-flbenzofuran (127): (127) was prepared on 38.59 mmol scale (84.0 %) overall yield according to protocol Fl . (127) was obtained as a mixture of two isomers (42:58 ratio) according to H NMRspectrum). The two isomers were separated by multiple chromatography column. In total, it was obtained: 8-bromo-7-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-[l,3]dioxolo[4,5-e]benzofuran (8.4 g, 22.51 mmol, 49.0 % yield) and 7-bromo-6-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-[l,3]dioxolo[4,5-f]benzofuran (6.0 g, 16.08 mmol, 35.0 % yield).
[00431] Synthesis of SI 63: S163 was prepared on 2.01 mmol scale (25.0 %) overall yield according to protocol H3. A side product (131) was also generated (see Scheme 95 for structure). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.14 - 7.09 (A2, 8H), 6.73 (s, 2H), 6.62 (s, 2H), 5.93 (s, 4H), 1.20 (s, 18H).
[00432] Example 84: Synthesis of S164 - 3,3'-(perfluorocyclopent-l-ene-l,2-diyl)bis(2-(4- (tert-butyl)phenyl)-5,6-dimethoxybenzofuran) (Scheme 94)
Figure imgf000134_0001
[00433] Synthesis of (E)-4-((l,2-dichlorovinvnoxy -l,2-dimethoxybenzene (128): (128) was prepared on 162 mmol scale (100 %) yield according to protocol I.
[00434] Synthesis of 2-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-5,6-dimethoxybenzofuran (129): (129) was prepared on 19.33 mmol scale (40.1 %) yield according to protocol J.
[00435] Synthesis of 3-bromo-2-(4-(tert-butyl)phenyl)-5,6-dimethoxybenzofuran (130): (130) was prepared on 19.27 mmol scale (100 %) yield according to protocol F2.
[00436] Synthesis of SI 64: SI 64 was prepared on 2.65 mmol scale (27.5 %) yield according to protocol H3. A side product (139) was also generated (see Scheme 96 for structure). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 6 7.13 - 7.05 (A2, 8H), 6.81 (s, 2H), 6.75 (s, 2H), 3.86 (s, 6H), 3.76 (s, 6H), 1.12 (s, 18H).
[00437] Example 85: Other compounds
[00438] Other compounds according to Formula I-X are illustrated in Table 8.
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000139_0001
[00439] Example 86: Synthesis of S191 (Scheme 95)
Figure imgf000139_0002
[00440] A solution of (2) (0.67 g; 1.53 mmol) in anhydrous diethyl ether (15 mL) was cooled to -78 °C. n-Butyl lithium (0.67 mL; 1.66 mmol; 2.5 M in hexane) was added. The mixture was stirred at this temperature for 10 min. A solution of (139) (0.62 g; 1.28 mmol) was added as a solution in ether (10 ml) over 5 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min and allowed to warm to room temperature with stirring overnight. The reaction was quenched by addition of 10% aqueous HC1 (5 mL), the organic fraction separated, and the product isolated using preparative TLC (yield: 0.14 g)
[00441] Example 87: Synthesis of S193 (Scheme 96)
Figure imgf000140_0001
[00442] A solution of (1) (0.82 g; 2.5 mmol) in anhydrous diethyl ether (15 mL) was cooled to -78 °C. n-Butyl lithium (1.05 mL; 2.63 mmol; 2.5 M in hexane) was added. The mixture was stirred for 10 min, and a solution of (139) (0.628 g; 1.25 mmol) ether (10 ml) was added over 5 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min and quenched by addition of 10% HC1 (5 mL). The product was obtained by column purification. Yield 0.44 g (48.2%). [00443] Example 88: PSS and light composition
[00444] The difference in PSS as a function of light source type was investigated. The light sources included direct sunlight (filtered through window glass) and interior lighting. Irradiance information and spectral profiles of light sources are provided in Table 9 and Figure 2, respectively. Six compounds (2xl0"4 M solutions of S096, S094, S079, S044, S042 and S035 in triglyme) were investigated and compared for performance on the basis of maximum difference in darkening ability between sunlight and interior lighting conditions. Darkening ability is indicated by the absorbance at λη^ in the visible light spectrum for the ring-closed isomer of the chromophore.
[00445] Table 9. Description of Lighting Conditions and Intensity
Full Spectrum
Approximate Temperature
Condition Light Intensity
Time of Day (°C)
(W/m2)
Photostationary State
(Figure 3)
A - Interior lighting only1 17:15 22.2 29
B - Sunlight + Interior
Lights2 16:20 24.6 73 C - Sunlight3 15:05 24.7 114
Time to Reach Photostationary State
(Figure 4)
A - Interior lighting only1 12:45 24.1 29
B - Sunlight + Interior
Lights2 12:03 23.6 40-43
C- Sunlight3 12:14 22.4 32-70
[00446] 'Samples were irradiated with the light from halogen bulbs (Philips Master Line 75 Watt Flood) in a lab where all window shutters were tightly closed to block out sunlight.
[00447] "Samples were irradiated in the same lab described above but with the shutters open to allow sunlight to enter the lab. Distance between sample and window was 300 cm.
[00448] Samples were irradiated in the same lab described above but with the shutters open to allow sunlight to enter the lab. Distance between sample and window was 20 cm.
[00449] Samples were first irradiated with sunlight at a distance 20 cm from the window, which resulted in the darkest colouration of the samples. Samples were then moved away from the window (300 cm from window, with interior lighting on) to alter the light composition by reducing the sunlight component. This resulted in the fading of samples due to visible-light induced photochromism (samples were thermally stable at ambient temperature and did not alter coloration over a period of several hours wen protected from light sources) as shown in Figure 3. Finally, samples were again irradiated to the darkest state under sunlight conditions (20 cm from window) and then subjected to interior lighting conditions only (sunlight blocked out with blinds), allowing the samples to fade to a lower PSS specific to these lighting conditions as shown in Figure 3.
[00450] Compounds S094 and S042 demonstrated the greatest change in degree of coloration in response to variation in the light source. Sample darkening times were less than one minute, while sample photofading times ranged as high as 20 minutes. Figure 4 shows the time and absorbance for sunlight+interior light, and interior light alone for S094. This experiment illustrates the differing 'sensitivity' and effect on PSS of selected compounds with respect to the composition of the light (sunlight having a UV component, which is absent in interior light, as illustrated in Figure 2). [00451] Other Embodiments [00452] It is contemplated that any embodiment discussed in this specification can be implemented or combined with respect to any other embodiment, method, composition or aspect, and vice versa. Figures are not drawn to scale unless otherwise indicated.
[00453] The present invention has been described with regard to one or more embodiments. However, it will be apparent to persons skilled in the art that a number of variations and modifications can be made without departing from the scope of the invention as defined in the claims. Therefore, although various embodiments of the invention are disclosed herein, many adaptations and modifications may be made within the scope of the invention in accordance with the common general knowledge of those skilled in this art. Such modifications include the substitution of known equivalents for any aspect of the invention in order to achieve the same result in substantially the same way. Numeric ranges are inclusive of the numbers defining the range. In the specification, the word "comprising" is used as an open-ended term, substantially equivalent to the phrase "including, but not limited to," and the word "comprises" has a corresponding meaning. As used herein, the singular forms "a", "an" and "the" include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Citation of references herein shall not be construed as an admission that such references are prior art to the present invention, nor as any admission as to the contents or date of the references. All publications are incorporated herein by reference as if each individual publication was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference herein and as though fully set forth herein. The invention includes all embodiments and variations substantially as hereinbefore described and with reference to the examples and drawings.
[00454] Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. If a definition set forth in this section is contrary to or otherwise inconsistent with a definition set forth in the documents that are herein incorporated by reference, the definition set forth herein prevails over the definition that is incorporated herein by reference.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound according to Formula I A/IB, reversibly convertible under photochromic and electrochromic conditions between a ring-open isomer A and a ring-closed isomer B:
Figure imgf000143_0001
wherein
Z is N, O or S; each Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, or halo; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, a polymer backbone, alkyl or aryl; or, when both R2 together form -CH=CH- and form part of a polymer backbone; each R3 is independently selected from a group consisting of
Figure imgf000143_0002
X= N, O or S; each R5 is independently selected from a group consisting of H, alkyl, alkoxy, - CH=CH-; each R6a, R6b, R6C is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, siloxy, thioalkyl or aryl, and at least one of R6a, R^, R6c is not H; each R7a, R7 , R7c is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkyl, siloxy or aryl, and at least one of R7a, R7b, R?c is not H; each R8a, Rgb, Rgc, Rgd, R8e is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, siloxy, thioalkyl or aryl, and at least one of R8a, Rgb, Rgc, Rgd, Rse is not H; and each R9a, R9b, R9c, 9d, R¾ is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, siloxy, thioalkyl or aryl, and at least one of R9a, R9b, R9c, R9d, R9e is not H.
The compound according to claim 1 wherein:
5 and R6a and R7a are not
Figure imgf000144_0001
The compound according to claim 1 wherein
R3 is
Figure imgf000144_0002
, and R8c and R9c are not all
0-CH3, or all -C(CH3)3.
The compound according to claim 1 wherein:
Figure imgf000145_0001
is not methyl.
The compound according to claim 1 wherein:
R is
Figure imgf000145_0002
, and R4 is and R7a is not methyl.
The compound according to claim 1 wherein R3 and R are each -CH=CH- and joined to form a ring
The compound according to claim 1 wherein a first R3 is
Figure imgf000145_0003
second
Figure imgf000145_0004
first R4 is and a second R4 is
A compound according to Formula XA/XB, reversibly convertible under
photochromic and electrochromic conditions between a ring-open isomer A and a ring-closed isomer B: (XA) XB
Figure imgf000146_0001
Z is N, O or S; each Ri is independently selected from the group consisting of H, or halo; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, a polymer backbone, alkyl or aryl; or, when both R2 together form -CH=CH- and form part of a polymer backbone;
Figure imgf000146_0002
X is N, O or S;
R5 is independently selected from a group consisting of H, alkyl, alkoxy, -CH=CH-. and each R10a, R10b, R10c, Riod, is independently H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, siloxy, thioalkyl or aryl, or any of Ri0a and R10b, or Riob and Ri0c, or R10c Riod are alkyl, or alkoxy, and joined to form a 5 or 6 or 7 membered ring.
9. The compound according to claim 8 wherein R3 and R5 are each -CH=CH- and joined to form a ring.
Figure imgf000147_0001
12. The compound according to any one of claims 8 to 1 1 wherein each R6a, R^, R^c is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, siloxy, thioalkyl or aryl; each R7a, R7b, R c is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, siloxy, thioalkyl or aryl; each Rga, R8b, R8c, sd, Rse is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, siloxy, thioalkyl or aryl; and each R9a, R9t„ R9c, R9ci, R9e is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, siloxy, thioalkyl or aryl.
13. The compound according to any one of claims 8 to 12 wherein R9c is an alkyl, alkoxy or siloxy group, selected from a group comprising an alkyl group comprising from one to 20 carbons. The compound according to any one of claims 8 to 13 wherein one or more of Rioa, Riob, Rioc? Rioa is an alkoxy or siloxy group, comprising from one to ten oxygen atoms and from one to 20 carbons.
The compound according to any one of claims 8 to 14 wherein an Rt0b and an Ri0c are each O, and joined with a -CH2- to form a 5 membered ring.
The compound according to any one of claims 8 to 15 wherein one or both R4 is
Figure imgf000148_0001
17. The compound according to any one of claims 8 to 16 wherein R9c is methyl, ethyl, propyl, primary butyl, tertiary butyl, C8H| , C12H25.
18. The compound according to any one of claims 8 to 17 wherein at least one of R a, R6b,
R c, R7a, R-7b, R7c , 8a, R8b, R8c? R-8d, R8e, R9a, R%,
Figure imgf000148_0002
R-9d, R9e IS not H.
19. The compound according to any one claims 1 to 18 wherein each R6a, R6b, R6c ; each R7a, R7b, R7c; each R8a, R8b, R8c, R8d, Rse; each R9a, R9b, R9c, R9d, R9e ; and each Rioa, Riob, Rioc Rioa, is independently selected from a group comprising:
H, CI, Br, F, -CF3, -CN, -N02, methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, saturated or unsaturated alkyl that is linear or branched with 5-12 carbons, - Si(Rn)3, thiophene, substituted thiophene, benzyl, substituted benzyl, -CH2-CH2-, -CH=CH-,
-CH=CH2, -OCH3, -COH, -OH, -C02H, -COCH3, -C02Y, -C(CH3)2OH, -Si(CH3)3, - CH2CH2OCH3, -CH2CH2OH, -N(CH3)2, -C02CH3, -OCH2OCH3, -SO2CH3, -OCH2C(CH3)3, - OCH2CH(CH3)2, -OC(CH3)3, -OCH=CH2, -0(CH2)4CN, -0(CH2)4OH, -0(CH2)3OH, - C(CH3)2OH, -OCH2)2OCH3,
Figure imgf000149_0001
Figure imgf000149_0002
Figure imgf000149_0003
Figure imgf000150_0001
20. The compound according to claim 19, wherein each Ri \ -Si(R] )τ, is independently selected from the group comprising R or -O-R, and wherein R is linear or branched, non-aromatic monocyclic or polycyclic, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group of 1 to 20 carbons.
21. The compound according to claim 20 wherein R is a heteroalkyl group comprising one or more of O, S, N or Si.
22. The compound according to claim 20 wherein R is a saturated or unsaturated alkyl that is linear or branched with 1-12 carbons.
23. The compound according to claim 22 wherein R is substituted or unsubstituted
methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso-propyl, butyl, sec-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl or hexyl.
24. The compound according to any one claims 1 to 23 wherein the compound is
convertible from the ring-open isomer A to the ring-closed isomer B under photochromic conditions, and from the ring-closed isomer B to the ring-open isomer A under electrochromic conditions.
25. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 23 wherein the compound is convertible from the ring-open isomer A to the ring-closed isomer B under a first photochromic condition, and from the ring-closed isomer B to the ring-open isomer A under a second photochromic condition.
26. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 23 wherein the conversion from the ring closed isomer to the ring open isomer is catalytic.
27. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 23wherein the compound is
soluble in a solvent in at least 1% by weight.
28. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 23wherein the compound is
soluble in a solvent in at least 3% by weight.
29. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 23wherein the compound is
soluble in a solvent in at least 5% by weight.
30. The compound according to any of claims 1 to 23 wherein both R3 groups, or both R4 groups are the same.
31. The compound according to any of claims 1 to 23 wherein both R3 groups, or both R4 groups are different.
32. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 23 wherein R5 is H.
33. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 23 wherein Ri and R2 are F.
34. The compound according to claim 2, selected from a group comprising : S003, SOI 1 , S012, S013, S019, S020, S024, S026, S027, S034, S036, S037, S038, S040, S047, S106, S119, S124, S128, S135, S138, S143, S148, S149, S154, S158, S170, U008, U009, U010, U018, U021, U022, U023, U025, U028, U029, U030, U041, U100, U102, Ul 17, U120, U125, U126, U127, U129, U131, U132, U133, U134, U156, U159, U160, U165, or S170.
35. The compound according to claim 3, selected from a group comprising: SO 16, SO 17, S043, S044, S050, S056, S057, S059, S060, S063, S064, S065, S066, S074, S084, S085, S086, S087, S088, S089, S090, S091, S092, S094, S095, S096, S097, S103, SI 16, U031, U051, U058, U061, U062, U069, U070, U071, U072, U076, U077, U078, U080, U081, U093, U099, and U101.
36. The compound according to claim 4, selected from a group comprising: S052, S098, S104, S105, S108, S109, S110, Si l l, S112, S113, S115, S118, S139, S141, U107, U114, U122, U123.
37. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7 or 19 to 23, selected from a group comprising S003, SOU, S108, S109, S138, S158 and S170.
38. The compound according to any one of claims 8 to 23, selected from a group
comprising SOI 4, S015, S079, S083, S137, S140, S144, S157, S144, S151, SI 52, U153, S155, S161, SI 62, S163, S164, S191 and S193.
39. A compound according to Formula VIIA/B, reversibly convertible under
photochromic and electrochromic conditions between a ring-open isomer A and a ring-closed isomer B:
(VIIA) VIIB
Figure imgf000152_0001
Z is N, O or S; each is independently selected from the group consisting of H, or halo; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, halo, a polymer backbone, alkyl or aryl; or, when both R2 together form -CH=CH- and form part of a polymer backbone;
each R4 is independently aryl,
Figure imgf000152_0002
X is N, O or S; and each Rjoa, Riob, Rioc Riod is independently H, halo, alkyl, alkoxy, thioalkyl or aryl, or any of Ri0a and Riob, or R10b and Rioc, or Ri0c and Riod are alkyl, or alkoxy, and joined to form a 5 or 6 or 7membered ring.
40. A polymer comprising a structure according to any one of claims 1 to 39.
41. A composition comprising the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 39, or the polymer according to claim 40.
42. The composition according to claim 41, wherein the composition is a film, a solid polymer film, a gel, a semi-solid or a solid or a sol-gel.
43. An optical filter comprising the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 39 or composition of any one of claims 41 to 42.
44. A device comprising the optical filter according to claim 43.
45. A compound, polymer or formulation substantially as described hereinbefore, with reference to the specification and/or Figures.
46. An optical filter or a device comprising a compound, polymer or formulation,
substantially as described hereinbefore, with reference to the specification and/or Figures.
PCT/CA2012/000910 2011-09-30 2012-09-28 Photochromic and electrochromic diarylcyclopentene derivatives as optical filters WO2013044371A1 (en)

Priority Applications (23)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201280047935.4A CN103890133A (en) 2011-09-30 2012-09-28 Switching materials, and compositions and methods for making same
EP18169652.7A EP3385354A1 (en) 2011-09-30 2012-09-28 Diarylethene compounds and uses thereof
CA2832149A CA2832149C (en) 2011-09-30 2012-09-28 Photochromic and electrochromic diarylcyclopentene derivatives
EP12836363.7A EP2760969B1 (en) 2011-09-30 2012-09-28 Diarylethene compounds and uses thereof
JP2014532194A JP6208137B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2012-09-28 Diarylethene compounds and their use
KR1020147011590A KR102038447B1 (en) 2011-09-30 2012-09-28 Diarylethene compounds and uses thereof
CN201810686687.7A CN108690045B (en) 2011-09-30 2012-09-28 Diarylethene compounds and uses thereof
US14/348,344 US9227986B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2012-09-28 Diarylethene compounds and uses thereof
KR1020197030994A KR20190124800A (en) 2011-09-30 2012-09-28 Diarylethene compounds and uses thereof
PCT/CA2013/000054 WO2013106921A1 (en) 2012-01-20 2013-01-21 Composite optical filter
PCT/CA2013/000176 WO2013123592A1 (en) 2012-02-23 2013-02-22 Optical filter with light source
US14/380,607 US9910301B2 (en) 2012-02-23 2013-02-22 Switchable optical filter apparatus with light
EP13775742.3A EP2836873B1 (en) 2012-04-09 2013-04-09 Switching materials, and compositions and methods for making same
PCT/CA2013/000339 WO2013152425A1 (en) 2012-04-09 2013-04-09 Switching materials, and compositions and methods for making same
CN201380030275.3A CN104350415B (en) 2012-04-09 2013-04-09 Transition material, and combinations thereof and manufacture method
US14/391,491 US10054835B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2013-04-09 Switching materials, and compositions and methods for making same
CA2868624A CA2868624C (en) 2012-04-09 2013-04-09 Switching materials, and compositions and methods for making same
US14/947,230 US10072023B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2015-11-20 Diarylethene compounds and uses thereof
US15/875,863 US10310300B2 (en) 2012-02-23 2018-01-19 Optical filter with light source
US16/008,672 US20190018295A1 (en) 2012-04-09 2018-06-14 Switching materials, and compositions and methods for making same
US16/045,186 US10556912B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2018-07-25 Diarylethene compounds and uses thereof
US16/374,571 US11124524B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2019-04-03 Diarylethene compounds and uses thereof
US16/388,348 US10663771B2 (en) 2012-02-23 2019-04-18 Optical filter with light source

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201161541841P 2011-09-30 2011-09-30
US61/541,841 2011-09-30
US201261675460P 2012-07-25 2012-07-25
US61/675,460 2012-07-25

Related Child Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/348,344 A-371-Of-International US9227986B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2012-09-28 Diarylethene compounds and uses thereof
PCT/CA2013/000054 Continuation WO2013106921A1 (en) 2012-01-20 2013-01-21 Composite optical filter
US14/391,491 Continuation US10054835B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2013-04-09 Switching materials, and compositions and methods for making same
US201414348344A Continuation-In-Part 2011-09-30 2014-03-28
US14/947,230 Continuation US10072023B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2015-11-20 Diarylethene compounds and uses thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013044371A1 true WO2013044371A1 (en) 2013-04-04

Family

ID=47994069

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CA2012/000910 WO2013044371A1 (en) 2011-09-30 2012-09-28 Photochromic and electrochromic diarylcyclopentene derivatives as optical filters

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (4) US9227986B2 (en)
EP (2) EP3385354A1 (en)
JP (5) JP6208137B2 (en)
KR (2) KR20190124800A (en)
CN (2) CN103890133A (en)
CA (1) CA2832149C (en)
WO (1) WO2013044371A1 (en)

Cited By (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015135867A1 (en) * 2014-03-12 2015-09-17 Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität München Terminal substituted oligothiophenes and use thereof in optical signal transmission systems and/or as colour pigments
US9176357B2 (en) 2010-12-15 2015-11-03 Switch Materials, Inc. Variable transmittance optical devices
WO2016077918A1 (en) * 2014-11-17 2016-05-26 Switch Materials Inc. Photochromic-electrochromic compositions
US9568799B2 (en) 2010-12-15 2017-02-14 Switch Materials, Inc. Variable transmittance optical filter with substantially co-planar electrode system
US9708528B2 (en) 2014-06-13 2017-07-18 The University Of Hong Kong Robust photochromic compounds with silicon- or phosphorus-containing heterocyclic ring and the production thereof
EP3284800A1 (en) 2016-08-18 2018-02-21 Basf Se Composition for preparing an electrochromic layer
EP3284764A1 (en) 2016-08-18 2018-02-21 Basf Se Composition especially for printing or coating comprising polyurethane polymers
EP3284799A1 (en) 2016-08-18 2018-02-21 Basf Se Composition especially for printing or coating comprising (meth)acrylate polymers
WO2018033620A1 (en) 2016-08-18 2018-02-22 Basf Se Composition especially for printing or coating comprising polyurethane polymers
WO2018033621A1 (en) 2016-08-18 2018-02-22 Basf Se Composition for preparing an electrochromic layer
US9910301B2 (en) 2012-02-23 2018-03-06 Switch Materials, Inc. Switchable optical filter apparatus with light
US10054835B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2018-08-21 Switch Materials, Inc. Switching materials, and compositions and methods for making same
WO2020198868A1 (en) 2019-04-03 2020-10-08 Switch Materials Inc. Photochromic and electrochromic diarylethene compounds with improved photostability and solubility
US11079617B2 (en) 2012-05-29 2021-08-03 Solatia Canada Inc. Optical filter comprising a variable transmittance layer
US11124524B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2021-09-21 Solutia Canada Inc. Diarylethene compounds and uses thereof
US20210343794A1 (en) * 2020-04-29 2021-11-04 Samsung Display Co., Ltd Display panel
EP4050410A2 (en) 2013-03-07 2022-08-31 Solutia Canada Inc. Seal and seal system for a layered device
US11537021B2 (en) 2013-12-19 2022-12-27 Solutia Canada Inc. Switchable objects and methods of manufacture

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6779215B2 (en) * 2015-08-24 2020-11-04 東洋合成工業株式会社 Device manufacturing method and composition
CN107011317B (en) * 2016-05-24 2020-03-20 北京大学 Photoisomerizable compounds and devices comprising same
CN106371258B (en) * 2016-10-21 2019-08-06 北京华逸高科科技有限公司 The preparation method and electrochromic device of electrochomeric films
CN107118757A (en) * 2017-04-24 2017-09-01 上海电力学院 A kind of diarylethene organic photochromic material based on furans and its preparation method and application
CN108359439B (en) * 2018-02-06 2019-07-26 厦门大学 Photochromic compound and preparation method thereof and photochromic article
DE102018004790A1 (en) * 2018-06-14 2019-12-19 Rodenstock Gmbh Photochromic annealed naphthopyran systems with special substituents to achieve very fast lightening speeds
KR101989876B1 (en) * 2019-04-02 2019-06-17 주식회사 제이텍 Adhesive composition for surface protection tape and preparing method thereof
CN111430564B (en) 2020-03-19 2022-06-03 武汉天马微电子有限公司 Display panel and display device
DE102021110210A1 (en) 2021-04-22 2022-10-27 Delo Industrie Klebstoffe Gmbh & Co. Kgaa Method of manufacturing an optical module and optical module

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2494920A1 (en) * 2002-08-09 2004-02-19 Simon Fraser University Photochromic and electrochromic compounds and methods of synthesizing and using same
CN101851232A (en) * 2010-05-31 2010-10-06 江西科技师范学院 Photochromic isoxazole thiophene hybrid-type perfluorinated cyclopentene compound as well as synthesis method and application thereof
CA2764751A1 (en) * 2009-06-11 2010-12-16 Switch Materials Inc. Variable transmittance optical filter and uses thereof
CN102079742A (en) * 2010-11-01 2011-06-01 江西科技师范学院 Photochromic naphthalene-thiophene hybrid type perfluorinated cyclopentene compound and synthesis method and application thereof
WO2012000020A1 (en) * 2010-06-28 2012-01-05 Wood, Stephen Raymond Temporary fence base
WO2012079160A1 (en) * 2010-12-15 2012-06-21 Switch Materials, Inc. Variable transmittance optical filter with substantially co- planar electrode system

Family Cites Families (43)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3635544A (en) 1963-12-23 1972-01-18 American Cyanamid Co Photochromic polymer matrix
JPS6422872A (en) 1987-07-16 1989-01-25 Yamaha Corp Photochromic compound
GB8916860D0 (en) 1989-07-24 1989-09-06 Traqson Ltd Novel photoactive compounds
CA2196061C (en) 1992-04-03 2000-06-13 Robert H. Grubbs High activity ruthenium or osmium metal carbene complexes for olefin metathesis reactions and synthesis thereof
US5312940A (en) 1992-04-03 1994-05-17 California Institute Of Technology Ruthenium and osmium metal carbene complexes for olefin metathesis polymerization
JPH06240242A (en) 1993-02-15 1994-08-30 Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> Polymeric photochromic composition
JP3264573B2 (en) 1994-01-14 2002-03-11 株式会社三協精機製作所 Small motor
JP3395854B2 (en) 1994-02-02 2003-04-14 日立化成工業株式会社 Chemical reduction solution of copper oxide and method for producing multilayer printed wiring board using the same
JPH07311979A (en) 1994-03-24 1995-11-28 Sanyo Electric Co Ltd Optical recording medium and reproducing method therefor
JP3132630B2 (en) 1994-08-25 2001-02-05 科学技術振興事業団 Polymer of thiophene derivative and its production method
JP3491704B2 (en) 1994-10-21 2004-01-26 入江　　正浩 Dithienylethene compound and photochromic material comprising the compound
JPH10152679A (en) 1996-11-22 1998-06-09 Mita Ind Co Ltd Optical memory element, and electrophotographic photoreceptor, electroluminescent element, liquid crystal display element and space light modulation element made by using it
FR2772266B1 (en) 1997-12-12 2000-02-04 Oreal USE OF PHOTOCHROME COLORING AGENT IN A COSMETIC COMPOSITION, AND COSMETIC COMPOSITION COMPRISING SAME
EP0933375A1 (en) 1997-12-17 1999-08-04 Amersham Life Science Ltd Photochromic compounds
JP3538019B2 (en) * 1998-03-11 2004-06-14 独立行政法人 科学技術振興機構 Photochromic crystal material
JPH11256147A (en) 1998-03-13 1999-09-21 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Cholesteric liquid crystal photochromic polymer material and optically functional medium using the same
US6479604B1 (en) 1998-08-17 2002-11-12 Korea Research Institute Of Chemical Technology Diarylethene compound, photochromic diarylethene type copolymer and method for the production of the same
US6884553B2 (en) 1999-03-11 2005-04-26 Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Near-field optical recording medium and near-field optical recording method
DE10042603B4 (en) 1999-08-31 2010-04-29 Kyocera Corp. Photochromic compound and its use in optical functional devices
WO2002006361A2 (en) 2000-07-14 2002-01-24 Simon Fraser University Novel photochromic polymers and methods of synthesizing same
FR2813697A1 (en) 2000-09-04 2002-03-08 Dixet SECURE OPTICAL READ DATA HOLDER
CN1152110C (en) 2000-12-13 2004-06-02 中国科学院感光化学研究所 Heterocycle substituted fulgides photochromic material and its synthesis process
JP4025920B2 (en) 2001-03-05 2007-12-26 入江　　正浩 Photochromic material
KR100424862B1 (en) 2001-03-06 2004-03-31 한국화학연구원 New photochromic diarylethene substituted with isoxazol group
JP3870703B2 (en) 2001-03-14 2007-01-24 ダイソー株式会社 New photochromic compounds and their production and use
WO2002102923A1 (en) 2001-06-15 2002-12-27 Mitsubishi Chem Corp Photochromic material and color dose meter using the same
KR100501829B1 (en) 2001-07-30 2005-07-20 한국화학연구원 Diarylethene derivatives and the photochromic thin film using of them
KR100482654B1 (en) 2001-09-18 2005-04-13 한국화학연구원 Photochromic nanocapsule and preparation method thereof
KR20030025622A (en) 2001-09-21 2003-03-29 한국화학연구원 Vinyl substituted diarylethenes and polymer their from
CN1206308C (en) * 2002-02-06 2005-06-15 清华大学 Photochromic diaryl ethylene compound and its prepn and use
KR20030085251A (en) 2002-04-29 2003-11-05 한국화학연구원 Photochromic fluorescent polymer and preparation method thereof
JP2004277416A (en) 2003-02-27 2004-10-07 Masahiro Irie Diarylethene-based compound, photochromic material, and optical functional element
JP2005326503A (en) 2004-05-12 2005-11-24 Tokai Rubber Ind Ltd Coloring member for light controlling material
FR2882282B1 (en) 2005-02-21 2008-10-17 Snecma Moteurs Sa METHOD FOR CORROCING A METAL LOPIN, SHAPED FOR IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD AND ASSEMBLY OF A SHIRT AND A COVER FOR IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD
US8536205B2 (en) * 2005-05-25 2013-09-17 Switch Materials Inc. Photochromic and electrochromic compounds and synthesis and use thereof
US20070115762A1 (en) 2005-11-21 2007-05-24 Wisnudel Marc B Optical article having anti-theft feature and a system and method for inhibiting theft of same
JP5216954B2 (en) * 2006-03-10 2013-06-19 国立大学法人京都大学 Method for producing diarylethene compound
JP2008162895A (en) * 2006-12-26 2008-07-17 Masahiro Irie Diarylethene compound
KR100938491B1 (en) 2007-10-24 2010-01-25 한국생명공학연구원 Water Soluble Photochromic Compounds for Biomolecules Labeling and Detection Method for Detecting Biomolecules Using the Same
WO2012079159A1 (en) * 2010-12-15 2012-06-21 Switch Materials Inc. Variable transmittance optical devices
WO2012128293A1 (en) 2011-03-24 2012-09-27 リンテック株式会社 Pressure sensitive adhesive composition and pressure sensitive adhesive sheet
US9227986B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2016-01-05 Switch Materials, Inc. Diarylethene compounds and uses thereof
US10054835B2 (en) * 2012-04-09 2018-08-21 Switch Materials, Inc. Switching materials, and compositions and methods for making same

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2494920A1 (en) * 2002-08-09 2004-02-19 Simon Fraser University Photochromic and electrochromic compounds and methods of synthesizing and using same
CA2764751A1 (en) * 2009-06-11 2010-12-16 Switch Materials Inc. Variable transmittance optical filter and uses thereof
CN101851232A (en) * 2010-05-31 2010-10-06 江西科技师范学院 Photochromic isoxazole thiophene hybrid-type perfluorinated cyclopentene compound as well as synthesis method and application thereof
WO2012000020A1 (en) * 2010-06-28 2012-01-05 Wood, Stephen Raymond Temporary fence base
CN102079742A (en) * 2010-11-01 2011-06-01 江西科技师范学院 Photochromic naphthalene-thiophene hybrid type perfluorinated cyclopentene compound and synthesis method and application thereof
WO2012079160A1 (en) * 2010-12-15 2012-06-21 Switch Materials, Inc. Variable transmittance optical filter with substantially co- planar electrode system

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
YAMAGUCHI, T. ET AL.: "Morphology change of diarylethene derivatives having benzofuran derivatives - Photoinduced crystallization", JOURNAL OF PHOTOCHEMISTRY AND PHOTOBIOLOGY A: CHEMISTRY, vol. 213, 2010, pages 141 - 146, XP027134960 *
YAMAGUCHI, T. ET AL.: "Photochromism of diarylethene derivatives bearing a benzo[b]silole unit", TETRAHEDRON LETTERS, vol. 52, 22 August 2011 (2011-08-22), pages 5601 - 5604, XP028391261 *

Cited By (30)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9176357B2 (en) 2010-12-15 2015-11-03 Switch Materials, Inc. Variable transmittance optical devices
US10254616B2 (en) 2010-12-15 2019-04-09 Switch Materials, Inc. Variable transmittance optical filter with substantially co-planar electrode system
US9568799B2 (en) 2010-12-15 2017-02-14 Switch Materials, Inc. Variable transmittance optical filter with substantially co-planar electrode system
US10139695B2 (en) 2010-12-15 2018-11-27 Switch Materials, Inc. Variable transmittance optical devices
US11124524B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2021-09-21 Solutia Canada Inc. Diarylethene compounds and uses thereof
US9910301B2 (en) 2012-02-23 2018-03-06 Switch Materials, Inc. Switchable optical filter apparatus with light
US11940679B2 (en) 2012-02-23 2024-03-26 Solutia Canada Inc. Optical filter with light source
US10663771B2 (en) 2012-02-23 2020-05-26 Switch Materials, Inc. Optical filter with light source
US11586060B2 (en) 2012-02-23 2023-02-21 Solutia Canada Inc. Optical filter with light source
US10310300B2 (en) 2012-02-23 2019-06-04 Switch Materials, Inc. Optical filter with light source
US10054835B2 (en) 2012-04-09 2018-08-21 Switch Materials, Inc. Switching materials, and compositions and methods for making same
US11079617B2 (en) 2012-05-29 2021-08-03 Solatia Canada Inc. Optical filter comprising a variable transmittance layer
US11624963B2 (en) 2013-03-07 2023-04-11 Solutia Canada Inc. Seal and seal system for a layered device
EP4050410A2 (en) 2013-03-07 2022-08-31 Solutia Canada Inc. Seal and seal system for a layered device
US11537021B2 (en) 2013-12-19 2022-12-27 Solutia Canada Inc. Switchable objects and methods of manufacture
WO2015135867A1 (en) * 2014-03-12 2015-09-17 Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität München Terminal substituted oligothiophenes and use thereof in optical signal transmission systems and/or as colour pigments
US9708528B2 (en) 2014-06-13 2017-07-18 The University Of Hong Kong Robust photochromic compounds with silicon- or phosphorus-containing heterocyclic ring and the production thereof
EP3221420A4 (en) * 2014-11-17 2018-08-15 Switch Materials, Inc. Photochromic-electrochromic compositions
WO2016077918A1 (en) * 2014-11-17 2016-05-26 Switch Materials Inc. Photochromic-electrochromic compositions
US10647913B2 (en) 2014-11-17 2020-05-12 Switch Materials Inc. Photochromic-electrochromic compositions
EP3284799A1 (en) 2016-08-18 2018-02-21 Basf Se Composition especially for printing or coating comprising (meth)acrylate polymers
WO2018033621A1 (en) 2016-08-18 2018-02-22 Basf Se Composition for preparing an electrochromic layer
WO2018033620A1 (en) 2016-08-18 2018-02-22 Basf Se Composition especially for printing or coating comprising polyurethane polymers
EP3284764A1 (en) 2016-08-18 2018-02-21 Basf Se Composition especially for printing or coating comprising polyurethane polymers
EP3284800A1 (en) 2016-08-18 2018-02-21 Basf Se Composition for preparing an electrochromic layer
CN114040959A (en) * 2019-04-03 2022-02-11 首诺加拿大公司 Photochromic and electrochromic diarylethene compounds with improved photostability and solubility
WO2020198868A1 (en) 2019-04-03 2020-10-08 Switch Materials Inc. Photochromic and electrochromic diarylethene compounds with improved photostability and solubility
EP3947596A4 (en) * 2019-04-03 2022-09-21 Solutia Canada Inc. Photochromic and electrochromic diarylethene compounds with improved photostability and solubility
US20210343794A1 (en) * 2020-04-29 2021-11-04 Samsung Display Co., Ltd Display panel
US11574964B2 (en) * 2020-04-29 2023-02-07 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Display panel

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20190256526A1 (en) 2019-08-22
KR20190124800A (en) 2019-11-05
EP2760969A1 (en) 2014-08-06
CN108690045B (en) 2022-08-30
US20180339995A1 (en) 2018-11-29
EP3385354A1 (en) 2018-10-10
JP2018048316A (en) 2018-03-29
US20140256936A1 (en) 2014-09-11
US9227986B2 (en) 2016-01-05
CN108690045A (en) 2018-10-23
CN103890133A (en) 2014-06-25
JP2015501292A (en) 2015-01-15
JP6208137B2 (en) 2017-10-04
KR102038447B1 (en) 2019-11-29
JP6480997B2 (en) 2019-03-13
US11124524B2 (en) 2021-09-21
CA2832149C (en) 2017-12-12
EP2760969B1 (en) 2018-05-16
CA2832149A1 (en) 2013-04-04
EP2760969A4 (en) 2015-03-18
KR20140092828A (en) 2014-07-24
JP2019123713A (en) 2019-07-25
JP2022110051A (en) 2022-07-28
US20160083398A1 (en) 2016-03-24
JP2021042212A (en) 2021-03-18
US10556912B2 (en) 2020-02-11
US10072023B2 (en) 2018-09-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11124524B2 (en) Diarylethene compounds and uses thereof
JPWO2007105699A1 (en) Dithienylcyclopentene compound, styrene polymer having dithienylcyclopentene, photochromic material, and optical functional device
Zou et al. Synthesis and photochromism of a spirooxazine derivative featuring a carbazole moiety: Fast thermal bleaching and excellent fatigue resistance
EP2098520B1 (en) Photochromic dichroic naphtho-pyrans and optical articles containing them
CA2585847C (en) Photochromic h-fused benzo[f]chromene derivatives
Sevez et al. Photochromic performance of a dithienylethene–indolinooxazolidine hybrid
Wang et al. Synthesis and switching properties of photochromic carbazole–spironaphthoxazine copolymer
US20220220100A1 (en) Photochromic and electrochromic diarylethene compounds with improved photostability and solubility
CA2735531A1 (en) Four-coordinate boron compounds for use as photochromic dyes
Shilova et al. Synthesis of heterocyclic chromenes via Buchwald C–N coupling and the substituent effect on their photochromic properties
KR100303100B1 (en) Spirobenzopyran changing colors by the ultraviolet rays, producing method thereof and composition and thin layer containing the same
KR100289951B1 (en) Spirobenzopyran group-containing polymers, preparation methods thereof, and photochromic switch thin films using the same
Hossain et al. Synthesis and photochromic activity of a new diarylethene bearing benzo [b] thiophene unit

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12836363

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2832149

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012836363

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2014532194

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14348344

Country of ref document: US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20147011590

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A